]> git.proxmox.com Git - mirror_ubuntu-eoan-kernel.git/blame - include/net/mac80211.h
mac80211: Extend SAE authentication in infra BSS STA mode
[mirror_ubuntu-eoan-kernel.git] / include / net / mac80211.h
CommitLineData
f0706e82 1/*
3017b80b
JB
2 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
f0706e82
JB
4 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
026331c4 6 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
d98ad83e 7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
e38a017b 8 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
94ba9271 9 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
f0706e82
JB
10 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16#ifndef MAC80211_H
17#define MAC80211_H
18
187f1882 19#include <linux/bug.h>
f0706e82
JB
20#include <linux/kernel.h>
21#include <linux/if_ether.h>
22#include <linux/skbuff.h>
f0706e82 23#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
f0706e82 24#include <net/cfg80211.h>
5caa328e 25#include <net/codel.h>
41cbb0f5 26#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
42d98795 27#include <asm/unaligned.h>
f0706e82 28
75a5f0cc
JB
29/**
30 * DOC: Introduction
31 *
32 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
33 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
34 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
35 * drivers.
36 */
37
38/**
39 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
40 *
41 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
f0706e82
JB
42 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
43 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
44 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
2485f710
JB
45 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
46 * tasklet function.
47 *
48 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
6ef307bc 49 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
f0706e82
JB
50 */
51
75a5f0cc
JB
52/**
53 * DOC: Warning
54 *
55 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
56 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
57 */
58
59/**
60 * DOC: Frame format
61 *
62 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
63 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
64 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
65 * hardware.
66 *
67 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
68 *
69 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
70 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
71 *
72 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
73 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
f0706e82
JB
74 */
75
42935eca
LR
76/**
77 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
78 *
79 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
80 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
81 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
82 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
83 *
84 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
85 * suspend.
86 *
87 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
88 *
89 */
90
ba8c3d6f
FF
91/**
92 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
93 *
94 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
95 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
96 * between different stations/interfaces.
97 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
98 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
99 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
100 *
101 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
102 * driver operation.
103 *
adf8ed01
JB
104 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
105 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
106 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
ba8c3d6f
FF
107 *
108 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
109 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
110 *
e7881bd5
JB
111 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame, it calls
112 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it
113 * calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
ba8c3d6f
FF
114 *
115 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
116 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
117 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
118 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
119 * .release_buffered_frames().
120 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
121 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
122 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
123 */
124
313162d0
PG
125struct device;
126
e100bb64
JB
127/**
128 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
129 *
130 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
445ea4e8 131 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
e100bb64
JB
132 */
133enum ieee80211_max_queues {
3a25a8c8 134 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
445ea4e8 135 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
e100bb64
JB
136};
137
3a25a8c8
JB
138#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
139
4bce22b9
JB
140/**
141 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
142 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
143 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
144 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
145 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
146 */
147enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
148 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
149 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
150 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
151 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
152};
153
6b301cdf
JB
154/**
155 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
156 *
157 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
3330d7be 158 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
6b301cdf 159 *
e37d4dff 160 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
f434b2d1
JB
161 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
162 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
6b301cdf 163 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
3330d7be 164 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
908f8d07 165 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
9d173fc5 166 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
41cbb0f5
LC
167 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
168 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
6b301cdf 169 */
f0706e82 170struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
f434b2d1 171 u16 txop;
3330d7be
JB
172 u16 cw_min;
173 u16 cw_max;
f434b2d1 174 u8 aifs;
908f8d07 175 bool acm;
ab13315a 176 bool uapsd;
41cbb0f5
LC
177 bool mu_edca;
178 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
f0706e82
JB
179};
180
f0706e82
JB
181struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
182 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
183 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
184 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
185 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
186};
187
d01a1e65
MK
188/**
189 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
4bf88530 190 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
04ecd257 191 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
164eb02d 192 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
73da7d5b
SW
193 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
194 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
21f659bf 195 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
d01a1e65
MK
196 */
197enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
4bf88530 198 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
04ecd257 199 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
164eb02d 200 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
73da7d5b 201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
21f659bf 202 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
d01a1e65
MK
203};
204
205/**
206 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
207 *
208 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
209 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
210 *
4bf88530 211 * @def: the channel definition
21f659bf 212 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
04ecd257
JB
213 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
214 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
215 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
216 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
5d7fad48 217 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
164eb02d 218 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
d01a1e65
MK
219 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
220 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
221 */
222struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
4bf88530 223 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
21f659bf 224 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
d01a1e65 225
04ecd257
JB
226 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
227
164eb02d
SW
228 bool radar_enabled;
229
1c06ef98 230 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
d01a1e65
MK
231};
232
1a5f0c13
LC
233/**
234 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
235 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
236 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
237 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
238 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
239 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
240 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
241 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
242 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
243 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
244 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
245 * for changes/removal.)
246 */
247enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
248 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
249 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
250};
251
252/**
253 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
254 *
255 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
256 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
257 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
258 * done.
259 *
260 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
261 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
262 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
263 */
264struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
265 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
266 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
267 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
268};
269
471b3efd
JB
270/**
271 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
272 *
273 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
274 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
275 *
276 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
277 * also implies a change in the AID.
278 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
9f1ba906 280 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
38668c05 281 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
96dd22ac 282 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
57c4d7b4 283 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
2d0ddec5
JB
284 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
285 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
286 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
287 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
288 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
289 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
a97c13c3 290 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
8fc214ba 291 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
68542962 292 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
4ced3f74
JB
293 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
294 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
7da7cc1d 295 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
0ca54f6c 296 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
02945821 297 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
ab095877 298 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
1ea6f9c0 299 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
488dd7b5 300 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
52cfa1d6 301 * changed
989c6505
AB
302 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
303 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
2c9b7359
JB
304 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
305 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
306 * context had been assigned.
239281f8 307 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
23a1f8d4 308 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
e38a017b
AS
309 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
310 * keep alive) changed.
dcbe73ca
PKC
311 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
312 *
471b3efd
JB
313 */
314enum ieee80211_bss_change {
315 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
316 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
317 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
9f1ba906 318 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
a7ce1c94 319 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
96dd22ac 320 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
57c4d7b4 321 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
2d0ddec5
JB
322 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
323 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
324 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
a97c13c3 325 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
8fc214ba 326 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
68542962 327 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
4ced3f74 328 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
7da7cc1d 329 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
7827493b 330 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
02945821 331 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
ab095877 332 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
1ea6f9c0 333 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
488dd7b5 334 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
989c6505 335 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
2c9b7359 336 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
239281f8 337 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
23a1f8d4 338 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
e38a017b 339 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
dcbe73ca 340 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
ac8dd506
JB
341
342 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
471b3efd
JB
343};
344
68542962
JO
345/*
346 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
347 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
348 * filtering will be disabled.
349 */
350#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
351
615f7b9b 352/**
a8182929
EG
353 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
354 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
a9409093 355 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
6382246e 356 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
b497de63
EG
357 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
358 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
359 * once each time the timeout triggers.
615f7b9b 360 */
a8182929
EG
361enum ieee80211_event_type {
362 RSSI_EVENT,
a9409093 363 MLME_EVENT,
6382246e 364 BAR_RX_EVENT,
b497de63 365 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
a8182929
EG
366};
367
368/**
369 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
370 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
371 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
372 */
373enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
615f7b9b
MV
374 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
375 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
376};
377
a8182929 378/**
a839e463 379 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
a8182929
EG
380 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
381 */
382struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
383 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
384};
385
a9409093
EG
386/**
387 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
388 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
d0d1a12f 389 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
a90faa9d
EG
390 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
391 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
a9409093
EG
392 */
393enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
394 AUTH_EVENT,
d0d1a12f 395 ASSOC_EVENT,
a90faa9d
EG
396 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
397 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
a9409093
EG
398};
399
400/**
401 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
402 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
403 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
404 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
405 */
406enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
407 MLME_SUCCESS,
408 MLME_DENIED,
409 MLME_TIMEOUT,
410};
411
412/**
a839e463 413 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
a9409093
EG
414 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
415 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
416 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
417 */
418struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
419 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
420 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
421 u16 reason;
422};
423
6382246e
EG
424/**
425 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
426 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
427 * @tid: the tid
b497de63 428 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
6382246e
EG
429 */
430struct ieee80211_ba_event {
431 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
432 u16 tid;
433 u16 ssn;
434};
435
a8182929
EG
436/**
437 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
a839e463 438 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
a8182929 439 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
a9409093 440 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
b497de63 441 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
6382246e 442 * @u:union holding the fields above
a8182929
EG
443 */
444struct ieee80211_event {
445 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
446 union {
447 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
a9409093 448 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
6382246e 449 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
a8182929
EG
450 } u;
451};
452
23a1f8d4
SS
453/**
454 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
455 *
456 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
457 *
458 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
459 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
460 */
461struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
462 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
463 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
464};
465
471b3efd
JB
466/**
467 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
468 *
469 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
470 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
471 *
41cbb0f5
LC
472 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
473 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
474 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
475 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
476 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
477 * ACK, BACK or both
478 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
479 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
480 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
471b3efd 481 * @assoc: association status
8fc214ba
JB
482 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
483 * or not
c13a765b 484 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
471b3efd
JB
485 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
486 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
ea1b2b45
JB
487 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
488 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
56007a02 489 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
c65dd147 490 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
989c6505 491 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
8c358bcd 492 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
ef429dad
JB
493 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
494 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
495 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
496 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
2ecc3905 497 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
8c358bcd
JB
498 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
499 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
2ecc3905 500 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
ef429dad
JB
501 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
502 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
2ecc3905
AB
503 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
504 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
505 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
21c0cbe7 506 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
98f7dfd8 507 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
96dd22ac
JB
508 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
509 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
510 * the current band.
817cee76 511 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
dd5b4cc7 512 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2d0ddec5
JB
513 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
514 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
4bf88530
JB
515 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
516 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
23a1f8d4 517 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
074d46d1 518 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
22f66895
AA
519 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
520 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
521 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
a97c13c3 522 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
e86abc68
JB
523 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
524 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
525 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
2c3c5f8c
AZ
526 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
527 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
528 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
529 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
a97c13c3 530 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
68542962
JO
531 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
532 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
533 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
534 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
0f19b41e
JB
535 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
536 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
537 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
4ced3f74 538 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
7da7cc1d
JB
539 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
540 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
541 * your driver/device needs to do.
ab095877
EP
542 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
543 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
0ca54f6c 544 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
7827493b
AN
545 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
546 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
1ea6f9c0 547 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
db82d8a9
LB
548 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
549 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
550 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
551 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
552 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
553 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
67baf663 554 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
52cfa1d6
AB
555 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
556 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
557 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
e38a017b
AS
558 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
559 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
560 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
561 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
562 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
563 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
564 * station.
471b3efd
JB
565 */
566struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
2d0ddec5 567 const u8 *bssid;
41cbb0f5
LC
568 u8 bss_color;
569 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
570 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
571 bool uora_exists;
572 bool ack_enabled;
573 u8 uora_ocw_range;
574 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
575 bool he_support;
471b3efd 576 /* association related data */
8fc214ba 577 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
c13a765b 578 bool ibss_creator;
471b3efd
JB
579 u16 aid;
580 /* erp related data */
581 bool use_cts_prot;
582 bool use_short_preamble;
9f1ba906 583 bool use_short_slot;
2d0ddec5 584 bool enable_beacon;
98f7dfd8 585 u8 dtim_period;
21c0cbe7
TW
586 u16 beacon_int;
587 u16 assoc_capability;
8c358bcd
JB
588 u64 sync_tsf;
589 u32 sync_device_ts;
ef429dad 590 u8 sync_dtim_count;
881d948c 591 u32 basic_rates;
817cee76 592 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
57fbcce3 593 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
9ed6bcce 594 u16 ht_operation_mode;
a97c13c3
JO
595 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
596 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
2c3c5f8c
AZ
597 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
598 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
4bf88530 599 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
23a1f8d4 600 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
68542962 601 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
0f19b41e 602 int arp_addr_cnt;
4ced3f74 603 bool qos;
7da7cc1d 604 bool idle;
ab095877 605 bool ps;
7827493b
AN
606 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
607 size_t ssid_len;
608 bool hidden_ssid;
1ea6f9c0 609 int txpower;
db82d8a9 610 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
67baf663 611 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
52cfa1d6 612 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
e38a017b
AS
613 u16 max_idle_period;
614 bool protected_keep_alive;
471b3efd
JB
615};
616
11f4b1ce 617/**
af61a165 618 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
e039fa4a 619 *
6ef307bc 620 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
e039fa4a 621 *
7351c6bd 622 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
e6a9854b
JB
623 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
624 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
625 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
626 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
627 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
628 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
629 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
630 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
631 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
632 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
633 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
e039fa4a 634 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
e039fa4a
JB
635 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
636 * station
e039fa4a 637 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
e039fa4a
JB
638 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
639 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
e6a9854b 640 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
e039fa4a 641 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
ab5b5342
JB
642 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
643 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
644 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
645 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
646 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
647 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
648 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
649 * hardware queue.
e039fa4a
JB
650 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
651 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
652 * is for the whole aggregation.
429a3805
RR
653 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
654 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
e6a9854b
JB
655 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
656 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
657 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
6c17b77b
SF
658 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
659 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
660 * off-channel operation.
cd8ffc80
JB
661 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
662 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
663 * it can be sent out.
8f77f384
JB
664 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
665 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
3b8d81e0
JB
666 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
667 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
02f2f1a9
JB
668 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
669 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
670 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
ad5351db
JB
671 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
672 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
673 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
674 * queue gets full.
c6fcf6bc
JB
675 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
676 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
677 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
1672c0e3
JB
678 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
679 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
680 * should kick the MLME state machine.
026331c4
JM
681 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
682 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
683 * status to user space)
0a56bd0a 684 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
f79d9bad
FF
685 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
686 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
610dbc98
JB
687 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
688 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
689 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
690 * handled properly by the device.
681d1190
JM
691 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
692 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
693 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
aad14ceb
RM
694 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
695 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
696 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
47086fc5
JB
697 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
698 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
699 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
deeaee19
JB
700 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
701 * PS-Poll responses.
b6f35301
RM
702 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
703 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
704 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
a26eb27a
JB
705 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
706 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
707 * monitor injection).
5cf16616
SM
708 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
709 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
710 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
711 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
712 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
eb7d3066
CL
713 *
714 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
715 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
11f4b1ce 716 */
af61a165 717enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
e039fa4a 718 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
e6a9854b
JB
719 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
720 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
721 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
722 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
723 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
724 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
725 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
726 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
727 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
728 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
729 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
730 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
6c17b77b 731 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
cd8ffc80 732 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
8f77f384 733 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
3b8d81e0 734 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
02f2f1a9 735 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
ad5351db 736 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
c6fcf6bc 737 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
1672c0e3 738 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
026331c4 739 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
0a56bd0a 740 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
f79d9bad 741 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
21f83589 742 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
681d1190 743 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
aad14ceb 744 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
47086fc5 745 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
b6f35301 746 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
a26eb27a 747 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
5cf16616 748 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
11f4b1ce
RR
749};
750
abe37c4b
JB
751#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
752
af61a165
JB
753/**
754 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
755 *
756 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
757 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
6b127c71
SM
758 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
759 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
dfdfc2be 760 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
6e0456b5 761 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
bb42f2d1 762 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
af61a165
JB
763 *
764 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
765 */
766enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
767 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
6b127c71 768 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
dfdfc2be 769 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
6e0456b5 770 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
bb42f2d1 771 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
af61a165
JB
772};
773
eb7d3066
CL
774/*
775 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
776 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
777 */
778#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
779 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
780 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
781 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
782 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
02f2f1a9 783 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
eb7d3066 784 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
47086fc5 785 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
eb7d3066 786
2134e7e7
S
787/**
788 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
789 * Rate Control algorithm.
790 *
791 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
792 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
793 *
794 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
795 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
796 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
797 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
798 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
8bc83c24
JB
799 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
800 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
2134e7e7
S
801 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
802 * Greenfield mode.
803 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
8bc83c24
JB
804 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
805 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
806 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
2134e7e7
S
807 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
808 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
809 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
810 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
811 */
e6a9854b
JB
812enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
813 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
814 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
815 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
816
8bc83c24 817 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
e6a9854b
JB
818 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
819 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
820 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
821 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
822 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
8bc83c24
JB
823 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
824 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
825 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
e6a9854b
JB
826};
827
828
829/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
830#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
8318d78a 831
e6a9854b
JB
832/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
833#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
1c014420 834
e6a9854b 835/* maximum number of rate stages */
e3e1a0bc 836#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
870abdf6 837
0d528d85
FF
838/* maximum number of rate table entries */
839#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
840
870abdf6 841/**
e6a9854b 842 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
870abdf6 843 *
e6a9854b
JB
844 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
845 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
e25cf4a6 846 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
e6a9854b
JB
847 *
848 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
849 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
850 *
851 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
852 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
c555b9b3
JB
853 *
854 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
855 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
856 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
857 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
b4f7f4ad
JN
858 * information::
859 *
c555b9b3 860 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
b4f7f4ad 861 *
c555b9b3
JB
862 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
863 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
864 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
865 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
b4f7f4ad
JN
866 * information should then contain::
867 *
c555b9b3 868 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
b4f7f4ad 869 *
c555b9b3
JB
870 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
871 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
870abdf6 872 */
e6a9854b
JB
873struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
874 s8 idx;
8bc83c24
JB
875 u16 count:5,
876 flags:11;
3f30fc15 877} __packed;
870abdf6 878
8bc83c24
JB
879#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
880
881static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
882 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
883{
884 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
6bc8312f
KB
885 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
886 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
8bc83c24
JB
887}
888
889static inline u8
890ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
891{
892 return rate->idx & 0xF;
893}
894
895static inline u8
896ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
897{
6bc8312f 898 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
8bc83c24
JB
899}
900
e039fa4a
JB
901/**
902 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
903 *
904 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
905 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
906 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
907 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
908 *
909 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
e6a9854b 910 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
3a25a8c8 911 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
a729cff8 912 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
6ef307bc
RD
913 * @control: union for control data
914 * @status: union for status data
915 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
599bf6a4 916 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
93d95b12 917 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
599bf6a4 918 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
93d95b12 919 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
e039fa4a 920 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
1c014420 921 */
e039fa4a
JB
922struct ieee80211_tx_info {
923 /* common information */
924 u32 flags;
925 u8 band;
e6a9854b 926
3a25a8c8 927 u8 hw_queue;
2e92e6f2 928
a729cff8 929 u16 ack_frame_id;
e039fa4a
JB
930
931 union {
932 struct {
e6a9854b
JB
933 union {
934 /* rate control */
935 struct {
936 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
937 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
938 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
991fec09
FF
939 u8 use_rts:1;
940 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
0d528d85
FF
941 u8 short_preamble:1;
942 u8 skip_table:1;
991fec09 943 /* 2 bytes free */
e6a9854b
JB
944 };
945 /* only needed before rate control */
946 unsigned long jiffies;
947 };
25d834e1 948 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
53168215 949 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
e039fa4a 950 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
af61a165 951 u32 flags;
53168215 952 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
e039fa4a 953 } control;
3b79af97
JB
954 struct {
955 u64 cookie;
956 } ack;
e039fa4a 957 struct {
e6a9854b 958 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
a0f995a5 959 s32 ack_signal;
e3e1a0bc 960 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
599bf6a4 961 u8 ampdu_len;
d748b464 962 u8 antenna;
02219b3a 963 u16 tx_time;
a78b26ff 964 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
02219b3a 965 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 966 } status;
e6a9854b
JB
967 struct {
968 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
969 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
0d528d85
FF
970 u8 pad[4];
971
e6a9854b
JB
972 void *rate_driver_data[
973 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
974 };
975 void *driver_data[
976 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 977 };
f0706e82
JB
978};
979
18fb84d9
FF
980/**
981 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
982 *
983 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
984 * @info: Basic tx status information
985 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
986 */
987struct ieee80211_tx_status {
988 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
989 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
990 struct sk_buff *skb;
991};
992
c56ef672
DS
993/**
994 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
995 *
633e2713
DS
996 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
997 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
998 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
c56ef672
DS
999 *
1000 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1001 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1002 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1003 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1004 */
1005struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
57fbcce3
JB
1006 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1007 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
c56ef672
DS
1008 const u8 *common_ies;
1009 size_t common_ie_len;
1010};
1011
1012
e039fa4a
JB
1013static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1014{
1015 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1016}
7ac1bd6a 1017
f1d58c25
JB
1018static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1019{
1020 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1021}
1022
e6a9854b
JB
1023/**
1024 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1025 *
1026 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1027 *
1028 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1029 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1030 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1031 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1032 *
1033 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1034 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1035 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1036 */
1037static inline void
1038ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1039{
1040 int i;
1041
1042 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1043 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1044 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1045 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1046 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1047 /* clear the rate counts */
1048 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1049 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1050
1051 BUILD_BUG_ON(
e3e1a0bc 1052 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
e6a9854b
JB
1053 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1054 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1055 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1056}
1057
7ac1bd6a
JB
1058
1059/**
1060 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1061 *
1062 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1063 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1064 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1065 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1066 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1067 * verification has been done by the hardware.
cef0acd4 1068 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1069 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1070 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
981d94a8
JB
1071 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1072 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1073 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1074 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
84ea3a18
LB
1075 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1076 * de-duplication by itself.
72abd81b
JB
1077 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1078 * the frame.
1079 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1080 * the frame.
f4bda337 1081 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
6ebacbb7
JB
1082 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1083 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1084 * merging.
f4bda337
TP
1085 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1086 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1087 * (including FCS) was received.
f4a0f0c5
JB
1088 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1089 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
fe8431f8
FF
1090 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1091 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
4c298677
JB
1092 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1093 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1094 * each A-MPDU
4c298677
JB
1095 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1096 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1097 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1098 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1099 * on this subframe
1100 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1101 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
f980ebc0
SS
1102 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1103 * done by the hardware
17883048
GB
1104 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1105 * processing it in any regular way.
1106 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1107 * them for sniffing purposes.
1108 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1109 * monitor interfaces.
1110 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1111 * them for sniffing purposes.
0cfcefef
MK
1112 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1113 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1114 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1115 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1116 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1117 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1118 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1119 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1120 * interleaved with other frames.
1f7bba79
JB
1121 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1122 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1123 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
f631a77b
SS
1124 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1125 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1126 * the first subframe.
cef0acd4
DS
1127 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1128 * be done in the hardware.
7299d6f7
JB
1129 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1130 * frame
1131 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
41cbb0f5
LC
1132 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1133 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
1134 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1135 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1136 * - DATA3_CODING
1137 * - DATA5_GI
1138 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1139 * - DATA6_NSTS
1140 * - DATA3_STBC
1141 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1142 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1143 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
d1332e7b 1144 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
c3d1f875
ST
1145 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1146 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1147 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1148 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1149 */
1150enum mac80211_rx_flags {
4c298677
JB
1151 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1152 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
f4a0f0c5 1153 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
4c298677
JB
1154 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1155 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1156 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1157 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
f4bda337 1158 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
7fdd69c5
JB
1159 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1160 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1161 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1162 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1163 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1164 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1165 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1166 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1167 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1168 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1169 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1170 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1171 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1172 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1173 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1174 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
7299d6f7
JB
1175 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1176 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
41cbb0f5
LC
1177 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1178 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
d1332e7b 1179 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
c3d1f875 1180 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
7ac1bd6a
JB
1181};
1182
1b8d242a 1183/**
7fdd69c5 1184 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
1b8d242a 1185 *
7fdd69c5 1186 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
7fdd69c5
JB
1187 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1188 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1189 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1190 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
1191 * to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact
1192 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1193 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
7fdd69c5 1194 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
1b8d242a 1195 */
7fdd69c5
JB
1196enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1197 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
da6a4352
JB
1198 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1199 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1200 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1201 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1202 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
1b8d242a
EG
1203};
1204
da6a4352
JB
1205#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1206
1207enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1208 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1209 RX_ENC_HT,
1210 RX_ENC_VHT,
41cbb0f5 1211 RX_ENC_HE,
da6a4352 1212};
7fdd69c5 1213
7ac1bd6a
JB
1214/**
1215 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1216 *
1217 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1218 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
f1d58c25 1219 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
566bfe5a 1220 *
c132bec3
BR
1221 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1222 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
162dd6a7
JB
1223 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1224 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
8c358bcd
JB
1225 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1226 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
8318d78a 1227 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
7ac1bd6a 1228 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
4352a4d7
JB
1229 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1230 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
566bfe5a
BR
1231 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1232 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1233 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
ef0621e8
FF
1234 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1235 * values were filled.
1236 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1237 * support dB or unspecified units)
7ac1bd6a 1238 * @antenna: antenna used
0fb8ca45 1239 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
5614618e 1240 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
8613c948 1241 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
b4f7f4ad 1242 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
da6a4352
JB
1243 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1244 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
7fdd69c5 1245 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
41cbb0f5
LC
1246 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1247 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1248 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
554891e6 1249 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
4c298677
JB
1250 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1251 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1252 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
c3d1f875 1253 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
7ac1bd6a 1254 */
f0706e82
JB
1255struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1256 u64 mactime;
162dd6a7 1257 u64 boottime_ns;
8c358bcd 1258 u32 device_timestamp;
4c298677 1259 u32 ampdu_reference;
7fdd69c5 1260 u32 flag;
30f42292 1261 u16 freq;
da6a4352 1262 u8 enc_flags;
41cbb0f5
LC
1263 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1264 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
30f42292 1265 u8 rate_idx;
8613c948 1266 u8 nss;
30f42292
JB
1267 u8 rx_flags;
1268 u8 band;
1269 u8 antenna;
1270 s8 signal;
ef0621e8
FF
1271 u8 chains;
1272 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
4c298677 1273 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
c3d1f875 1274 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
f0706e82
JB
1275};
1276
1f7bba79
JB
1277/**
1278 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1279 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1280 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1281 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1282 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1283 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1284 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1285 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1286 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1287 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1288 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1289 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1290 * @data field.
1291 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1292 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1293 * length
1294 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1295 *
1296 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1297 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1298 * data.
1299 */
1300struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1301 u32 present;
1302 u8 align;
1303 u8 oui[3];
1304 u8 subns;
1305 u8 pad;
1306 u16 len;
1307 u8 data[];
1308} __packed;
1309
6b301cdf
JB
1310/**
1311 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1312 *
1313 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1314 *
0869aea0
JB
1315 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1316 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1317 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
c99445b1
KV
1318 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1319 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1320 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1321 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1322 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1323 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1324 * for more.
5cff20e6
JB
1325 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1326 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1327 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1328 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1329 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
45521245
FF
1330 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1331 * operating channel.
6b301cdf
JB
1332 */
1333enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
0869aea0 1334 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
ae5eb026 1335 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
5cff20e6 1336 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
45521245 1337 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
6b301cdf 1338};
f0706e82 1339
7a5158ef 1340
e8975581
JB
1341/**
1342 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1343 *
e8975581 1344 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
0869aea0 1345 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
e255d5eb 1346 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
e8975581 1347 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
4797938c 1348 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
9124b077 1349 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
5cff20e6 1350 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
0f78231b 1351 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
04ecd257
JB
1352 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1353 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
e8975581
JB
1354 */
1355enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
0f78231b 1356 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
e8975581 1357 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
0869aea0 1358 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
e8975581 1359 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
e255d5eb
JB
1360 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1361 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1362 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
5cff20e6 1363 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
e8975581
JB
1364};
1365
0f78231b
JB
1366/**
1367 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1368 *
9d173fc5
KV
1369 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1370 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1371 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1372 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1373 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
0f78231b
JB
1374 */
1375enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1376 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1377 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1378 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1379 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1380
1381 /* keep last */
1382 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1383};
1384
f0706e82
JB
1385/**
1386 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1387 *
1388 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1389 *
04fe2037
JB
1390 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1391 *
ea95bba4 1392 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
56007a02
JB
1393 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1394 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1395 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
04fe2037
JB
1396 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1397 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1398 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1399 *
1ea6f9c0
JB
1400 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1401 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
04fe2037 1402 *
675a0b04 1403 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
164eb02d 1404 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
04fe2037 1405 *
9124b077 1406 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
ad24b0da
JB
1407 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1408 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
9124b077 1409 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
ad24b0da
JB
1410 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1411 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
0f78231b
JB
1412 *
1413 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1414 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
04ecd257
JB
1415 * configured for an HT channel.
1416 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1417 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
f0706e82
JB
1418 */
1419struct ieee80211_conf {
6b301cdf 1420 u32 flags;
ff616381 1421 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
10816d40 1422
e8975581 1423 u16 listen_interval;
56007a02 1424 u8 ps_dtim_period;
e8975581 1425
9124b077
JB
1426 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1427
675a0b04 1428 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
164eb02d 1429 bool radar_enabled;
0f78231b 1430 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
f0706e82
JB
1431};
1432
5ce6e438
JB
1433/**
1434 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1435 *
1436 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1437 * operation.
1438 *
1439 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1440 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1441 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1442 * the driver passed into mac80211.
2ba45384
LC
1443 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1444 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
5ce6e438
JB
1445 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1446 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
85220d71 1447 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
5ce6e438
JB
1448 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
1449 */
1450struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1451 u64 timestamp;
2ba45384 1452 u32 device_timestamp;
5ce6e438 1453 bool block_tx;
85220d71 1454 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5ce6e438
JB
1455 u8 count;
1456};
1457
c1288b12
JB
1458/**
1459 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1460 *
1461 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1462 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
ea086359
JB
1463 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1464 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1465 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1466 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
848955cc
JB
1467 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1468 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1469 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1470 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
b115b972
JD
1471 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1472 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1473 * this is not pure P2P vif.
c1288b12
JB
1474 */
1475enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1476 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
ea086359 1477 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
848955cc 1478 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
b115b972 1479 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
c1288b12
JB
1480};
1481
32bfd35d
JB
1482/**
1483 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1484 *
1485 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1486 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1487 *
51fb61e7 1488 * @type: type of this virtual interface
bda3933a
JB
1489 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1490 * or the BSS we're associated to
47846c9b 1491 * @addr: address of this interface
2ca27bcf
JB
1492 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1493 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
59af6928
MK
1494 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1495 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1496 * for read access.
b5a33d52 1497 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
c1288b12
JB
1498 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1499 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1500 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1501 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
3a25a8c8
JB
1502 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1503 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
d01a1e65
MK
1504 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1505 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1506 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1507 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1508 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
ddbfe860 1509 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
ad24b0da 1510 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
ddbfe860 1511 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
1b09b556
AO
1512 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1513 * interface.
32bfd35d 1514 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1515 * sizeof(void \*).
ba8c3d6f 1516 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
21a5d4c3
MP
1517 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1518 * protected by fq->lock.
32bfd35d
JB
1519 */
1520struct ieee80211_vif {
05c914fe 1521 enum nl80211_iftype type;
bda3933a 1522 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
a3e2f4b6 1523 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2ca27bcf 1524 bool p2p;
73da7d5b 1525 bool csa_active;
b5a33d52 1526 bool mu_mimo_owner;
3a25a8c8
JB
1527
1528 u8 cab_queue;
1529 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1530
ba8c3d6f
FF
1531 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1532
d01a1e65
MK
1533 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1534
c1288b12 1535 u32 driver_flags;
3a25a8c8 1536
ddbfe860
SG
1537#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1538 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1539#endif
1540
1b09b556
AO
1541 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1542
21a5d4c3
MP
1543 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1544
32bfd35d 1545 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1546 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
32bfd35d
JB
1547};
1548
902acc78
JB
1549static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1550{
1551#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
05c914fe 1552 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
902acc78
JB
1553#endif
1554 return false;
1555}
1556
ad7e718c
JB
1557/**
1558 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1559 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1560 *
1561 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1562 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1563 *
1564 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1565 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1566 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1567 */
1568struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1569
dc5a1ad7
EG
1570/**
1571 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1572 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1573 *
1574 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1575 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1576 *
1577 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1578 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1579 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1580 */
1581struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1582
7ac1bd6a
JB
1583/**
1584 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1585 *
1586 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1587 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1588 *
7ac1bd6a
JB
1589 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1590 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
db12847c
IY
1591 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1592 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1593 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1594 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1595 * generation in software.
c6adbd21
ID
1596 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1597 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
e548c49e 1598 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
00b9cfa3
JM
1599 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1600 * (MFP) to be done in software.
077a9154 1601 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
ee70108f 1602 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
077a9154 1603 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
db12847c
IY
1604 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1605 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1606 * MIC.
e548c49e
JB
1607 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1608 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1609 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1610 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1611 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1612 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1613 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
17d38fa8 1614 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
00b9cfa3 1615 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
17d38fa8 1616 * only for managment frames (MFP).
db12847c
IY
1617 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1618 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1619 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
9de18d81
DS
1620 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1621 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1622 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
7848ba7d 1623 */
7ac1bd6a 1624enum ieee80211_key_flags {
17d38fa8
MK
1625 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1626 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1627 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1628 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1629 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1630 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1631 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
db12847c 1632 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
9de18d81 1633 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
7ac1bd6a 1634};
11a843b7 1635
7ac1bd6a
JB
1636/**
1637 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1638 *
1639 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1640 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1641 *
1642 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1643 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
6a7664d4 1644 * encrypted in hardware.
97359d12 1645 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
f8079d43
EP
1646 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1647 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
7ac1bd6a
JB
1648 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1649 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1650 * @keylen: key material length
ffd7891d
LR
1651 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1652 * data block:
1653 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1654 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1655 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
dc822b5d
JB
1656 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1657 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
7ac1bd6a 1658 */
f0706e82 1659struct ieee80211_key_conf {
db388a56 1660 atomic64_t tx_pn;
97359d12 1661 u32 cipher;
76708dee
FF
1662 u8 icv_len;
1663 u8 iv_len;
6a7664d4 1664 u8 hw_key_idx;
11a843b7 1665 s8 keyidx;
9de18d81 1666 u16 flags;
11a843b7 1667 u8 keylen;
f0706e82
JB
1668 u8 key[0];
1669};
1670
a31cf1c6
JB
1671#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1672
f8079d43
EP
1673#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1674#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1675
9352c19f
JB
1676/**
1677 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1678 *
1679 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1680 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1681 * reverse order than in packet)
1682 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1683 * reverse order than in packet)
1684 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1685 * reverse order than in packet)
1686 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1687 * reverse order than in packet)
a31cf1c6 1688 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
9352c19f
JB
1689 */
1690struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1691 union {
1692 struct {
1693 u32 iv32;
1694 u16 iv16;
1695 } tkip;
1696 struct {
1697 u8 pn[6];
1698 } ccmp;
1699 struct {
1700 u8 pn[6];
1701 } aes_cmac;
1702 struct {
1703 u8 pn[6];
1704 } aes_gmac;
1705 struct {
1706 u8 pn[6];
1707 } gcmp;
a31cf1c6
JB
1708 struct {
1709 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1710 u8 seq_len;
1711 } hw;
9352c19f
JB
1712 };
1713};
1714
2475b1cc
MS
1715/**
1716 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1717 *
1718 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1719 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1720 *
1721 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1722 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1723 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1724 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1725 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1726 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1727 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1728 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1729 * key_idx value calculation:
1730 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1731 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1732 */
1733struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1734 u32 cipher;
1735 u16 iftype;
1736 u8 hdr_len;
1737 u8 pn_len;
1738 u8 pn_off;
1739 u8 key_idx_off;
1740 u8 key_idx_mask;
1741 u8 key_idx_shift;
1742 u8 mic_len;
1743};
1744
7ac1bd6a
JB
1745/**
1746 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1747 *
1748 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1749 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1750 *
1751 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1752 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1753 */
ea49c359 1754enum set_key_cmd {
11a843b7 1755 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
ea49c359 1756};
f0706e82 1757
f09603a2
JB
1758/**
1759 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1760 *
1761 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1762 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1763 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1764 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1765 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1766 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1767 */
1768enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1769 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1770 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1771 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1772 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1773 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1774 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1775};
1776
e1a0c6b3
JB
1777/**
1778 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1779 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1780 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1781 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1782 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1783 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1784 *
1785 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1786 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1787 */
1788enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1789 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1790 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1791 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1792 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1793};
1794
0d528d85
FF
1795/**
1796 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1797 *
1798 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
03f831a6 1799 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
0d528d85
FF
1800 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1801 */
1802struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1803 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1804 struct {
1805 s8 idx;
1806 u8 count;
1807 u8 count_cts;
1808 u8 count_rts;
1809 u16 flags;
1810 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1811};
1812
17741cdc
JB
1813/**
1814 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1815 *
1816 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1817 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1818 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1819 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1820 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
34e89507 1821 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
17741cdc
JB
1822 *
1823 * @addr: MAC address
1824 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
323ce79a 1825 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
55d942f4
JB
1826 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1827 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
41cbb0f5 1828 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
480dd46b
MA
1829 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1830 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1831 * Can be modified by driver.
527871d7
JB
1832 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1833 * otherwise always false)
17741cdc 1834 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1835 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
910868db 1836 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
f438ceb8
EG
1837 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1838 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
910868db 1839 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
e1a0c6b3 1840 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
8921d04e
JB
1841 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1842 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1843 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1844 * the station moves to associated state.
af0ed69b 1845 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
03f831a6 1846 * @rates: rate control selection table
0c4972cc 1847 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
8b94148c
AN
1848 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1849 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
93f0490e 1850 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
506bcfa8
EG
1851 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1852 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1853 * unlimited.
52cfa1d6 1854 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
6e0456b5 1855 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
edba6bda 1856 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
adf8ed01
JB
1857 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
1858 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
17741cdc
JB
1859 */
1860struct ieee80211_sta {
57fbcce3 1861 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
17741cdc
JB
1862 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1863 u16 aid;
d9fe60de 1864 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
818255ea 1865 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
41cbb0f5
LC
1866 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1867 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
39df600a 1868 bool wme;
9533b4ac
EP
1869 u8 uapsd_queues;
1870 u8 max_sp;
8921d04e 1871 u8 rx_nss;
e1a0c6b3 1872 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
af0ed69b 1873 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
0d528d85 1874 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
0c4972cc 1875 bool tdls;
8b94148c 1876 bool tdls_initiator;
93f0490e 1877 bool mfp;
506bcfa8 1878 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
57eeb208
JB
1879
1880 /**
1881 * @max_amsdu_len:
1882 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1883 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1884 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1885 *
1886 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1887 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1888 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1889 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1890 *
1891 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1892 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1893 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1894 */
506bcfa8 1895 u16 max_amsdu_len;
52cfa1d6 1896 bool support_p2p_ps;
6e0456b5 1897 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
edba6bda 1898 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
17741cdc 1899
adf8ed01 1900 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
ba8c3d6f 1901
17741cdc 1902 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1903 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
17741cdc
JB
1904};
1905
478f8d2b
TW
1906/**
1907 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
1908 *
1909 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
38a6cc75 1910 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
478f8d2b 1911 *
4571d3bf
CL
1912 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
1913 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
1914 */
89fad578 1915enum sta_notify_cmd {
4571d3bf
CL
1916 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
1917};
1918
36323f81
TH
1919/**
1920 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
1921 *
1922 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
1923 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
1924 */
1925struct ieee80211_tx_control {
1926 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1927};
1928
ba8c3d6f
FF
1929/**
1930 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
1931 *
1932 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
1933 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
adf8ed01
JB
1934 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
1935 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
ba8c3d6f 1936 * @ac: the AC for this queue
f8bdbb58 1937 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
ba8c3d6f
FF
1938 *
1939 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
1940 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
1941 */
1942struct ieee80211_txq {
1943 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
1944 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1945 u8 tid;
1946 u8 ac;
1947
1948 /* must be last */
1949 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1950};
1951
1bc0826c
JB
1952/**
1953 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
1954 *
1955 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
1956 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
1957 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
1958 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
1959 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
1960 *
af65cd96
JB
1961 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
1962 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
1963 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
1964 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
1965 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
1966 * algorithm.
1967 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
1968 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
1969 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
1970 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
1971 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
1972 * CCK frames.
1973 *
1bc0826c
JB
1974 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
1975 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
1976 * the FCS at the end.
1977 *
1978 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
1979 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
1980 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
1981 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
1982 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
1983 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
546c80c9 1984 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
1bc0826c 1985 *
566bfe5a
BR
1986 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
1987 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
1988 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
1989 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
1990 *
566bfe5a
BR
1991 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
1992 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
1993 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
1994 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
1995 *
06ff47bc
TW
1996 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
1997 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
1998 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
8b30b1fe
S
1999 *
2000 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2001 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
520eb820 2002 *
4be8c387
JB
2003 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2004 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2005 *
2006 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2007 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2008 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2009 *
2010 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2011 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
4375d083
JM
2012 *
2013 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2014 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
04de8381 2015 *
375177bf
VN
2016 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2017 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2018 * the stack.
2019 *
1e4dcd01 2020 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
ad24b0da
JB
2021 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2022 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
a97c13c3 2023 *
c65dd147
EG
2024 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2025 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2026 * dtim_period).
e31b8213
JB
2027 *
2028 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2029 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2030 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2031 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2032 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2033 * only in that case.
d057e5a3
AN
2034 *
2035 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2036 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2037 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2038 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2039 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2040 * the PS mode of connected stations.
edf6b784
AN
2041 *
2042 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2043 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2044 * software.
885bd8ec 2045 *
4b6f1dd6
JB
2046 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2047 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2048 * active interfaces.
3a25a8c8 2049 *
e27513fb
BG
2050 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2051 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2052 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2053 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2054 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2055 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2056 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2057 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2058 * supported cipher suites.
2059 *
17c18bf8
JB
2060 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2061 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2062 * for frames.
2063 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2064 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2065 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2066 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2067 * control for more details.
6d71117a 2068 *
0d528d85
FF
2069 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2070 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2071 *
6d71117a
JB
2072 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2073 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2074 * is supported.
ef429dad
JB
2075 *
2076 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2077 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
7578d575 2078 *
919be62b
JB
2079 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2080 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2081 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2082 *
7578d575
AN
2083 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2084 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2085 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2086 * CSA frame.
5d52ee81 2087 *
c70f59a2
IY
2088 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2089 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2090 *
c526a467 2091 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
c56ef672 2092 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
30686bf7 2093 *
b98fb44f
AN
2094 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2095 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2096 *
99e7ca44
EG
2097 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2098 * within A-MPDU.
2099 *
35afa588
HS
2100 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2101 * for sent beacons.
2102 *
31104891
JB
2103 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2104 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2105 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2106 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2107 *
412a6d80
SS
2108 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2109 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2110 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2111 * timeout.
2112 *
c9c5962b
JB
2113 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2114 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2115 *
6e0456b5
FF
2116 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2117 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2118 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2119 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2120 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2121 *
2122 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2123 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2124 *
e8a24cd4
RM
2125 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2126 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2127 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2128 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2129 *
f3fe4e93
SS
2130 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2131 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2132 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2133 *
e2fb1b83
YT
2134 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2135 * TDLS links.
2136 *
94ba9271
IP
2137 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2138 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2139 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2140 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2141 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2142 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2143 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
d1361b32 2144 *
7c181f4f
BCD
2145 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2146 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
94ba9271 2147 *
adf8ed01
JB
2148 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2149 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2150 *
09b4a4fa
JB
2151 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2152 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2153 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2154 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2155 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2156 *
0eeb2b67
SS
2157 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2158 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2159 * TXQs to start with.
2160 *
30686bf7 2161 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
1bc0826c
JB
2162 */
2163enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
30686bf7
JB
2164 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2165 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2166 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2167 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2168 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2169 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2170 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2171 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2172 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2173 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2174 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2175 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2176 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2177 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2178 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2179 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2180 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2181 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2182 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2183 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2184 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2185 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2186 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2187 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2188 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2189 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2190 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2191 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2192 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
b98fb44f 2193 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
99e7ca44 2194 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
35afa588 2195 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
31104891 2196 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
412a6d80 2197 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
c9c5962b 2198 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
6e0456b5
FF
2199 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2200 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
e8a24cd4 2201 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
f3fe4e93 2202 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
e2fb1b83 2203 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
94ba9271 2204 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
7c181f4f 2205 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
adf8ed01 2206 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
09b4a4fa 2207 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
0eeb2b67 2208 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
30686bf7
JB
2209
2210 /* keep last, obviously */
2211 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
1bc0826c
JB
2212};
2213
7ac1bd6a
JB
2214/**
2215 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
75a5f0cc
JB
2216 *
2217 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2218 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2219 *
2220 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2221 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2222 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
8318d78a
JB
2223 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2224 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
75a5f0cc
JB
2225 *
2226 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2227 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2228 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2229 * along with this structure.
2230 *
2231 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2232 *
2233 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2234 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2235 *
70dabeb7
FF
2236 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2237 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
75a5f0cc 2238 *
566bfe5a 2239 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
ad24b0da 2240 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
75a5f0cc 2241 *
ea95bba4 2242 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
ad24b0da 2243 * that HW supports
ea95bba4 2244 *
75a5f0cc 2245 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
e100bb64
JB
2246 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2247 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2248 *
830f9038
JB
2249 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2250 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2251 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
32bfd35d
JB
2252 *
2253 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2254 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
17741cdc
JB
2255 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2256 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
d01a1e65
MK
2257 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2258 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
ba8c3d6f
FF
2259 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2260 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
870abdf6 2261 *
78be49ec
HS
2262 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2263 * can handle.
2264 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2265 * the hw can report back.
e6a9854b 2266 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
4e6cbfd0 2267 *
df6ba5d8
LC
2268 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2269 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2270 * aggregation.
2271 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2272 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2273 * it shouldn't be set.
5dd36bc9
JB
2274 *
2275 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
41cbb0f5
LC
2276 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2277 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2278 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2279 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2280 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
3a25a8c8 2281 *
6e0456b5
FF
2282 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2283 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2284 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2285 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2286 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
ac55d2fe
JB
2287 *
2288 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2289 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
b4f7f4ad 2290 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
ac55d2fe 2291 * adding _BW is supported today.
72d78728 2292 *
51648921
JB
2293 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2294 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
b4f7f4ad 2295 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
51648921 2296 *
41cbb0f5
LC
2297 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2298 *
99ee7cae
JB
2299 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
2300 * 'units_pos' member is set to a non-negative value it must be set to
2301 * a combination of a IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2302 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value, and then the timestamp
2303 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
2304 * device_timestamp. If the 'accuracy' member is non-negative, it's put
2305 * into the accuracy radiotap field and the accuracy known flag is set.
2306 *
72d78728 2307 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
680a0dab
JB
2308 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2309 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
219c3867
AB
2310 *
2311 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2312 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2313 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2314 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2315 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2316 * neither enabled.
2317 *
2318 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2319 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2320 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
2475b1cc
MS
2321 *
2322 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2323 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2324 * supported by HW.
167e33f4
AB
2325 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2326 * device.
70e53669
WG
2327 *
2328 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2329 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2330 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
7ac1bd6a 2331 */
f0706e82 2332struct ieee80211_hw {
f0706e82 2333 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
75a5f0cc 2334 struct wiphy *wiphy;
830f9038 2335 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
f0706e82 2336 void *priv;
30686bf7 2337 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
f0706e82 2338 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
70dabeb7 2339 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
32bfd35d 2340 int vif_data_size;
17741cdc 2341 int sta_data_size;
d01a1e65 2342 int chanctx_data_size;
ba8c3d6f 2343 int txq_data_size;
ea95bba4 2344 u16 queues;
ea95bba4 2345 u16 max_listen_interval;
f0706e82 2346 s8 max_signal;
e6a9854b 2347 u8 max_rates;
78be49ec 2348 u8 max_report_rates;
e6a9854b 2349 u8 max_rate_tries;
41cbb0f5
LC
2350 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2351 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
6e0456b5 2352 u8 max_tx_fragments;
3a25a8c8 2353 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
ac55d2fe 2354 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
51648921 2355 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
99ee7cae
JB
2356 struct {
2357 int units_pos;
2358 s16 accuracy;
2359 } radiotap_timestamp;
72d78728 2360 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
219c3867
AB
2361 u8 uapsd_queues;
2362 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
2475b1cc
MS
2363 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2364 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
167e33f4 2365 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
70e53669 2366 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
f0706e82
JB
2367};
2368
30686bf7
JB
2369static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2370 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2371{
2372 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2373}
2374#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2375
2376static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2377 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2378{
2379 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2380}
2381#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2382
c56ef672
DS
2383/**
2384 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2385 *
2386 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2387 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2388 */
2389struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2390 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2391
2392 /* Keep last */
2393 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2394};
2395
8a4d32f3
AN
2396/**
2397 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2398 *
2399 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2400 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2401 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2402 * @status: channel-switch response status
2403 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2404 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2405 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2406 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2407 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2408 */
2409struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2410 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2411 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2412 u8 action_code;
2413 u32 status;
2414 u32 timestamp;
2415 u16 switch_time;
2416 u16 switch_timeout;
2417 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2418 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2419};
2420
9a95371a
LR
2421/**
2422 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2423 *
2424 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2425 *
2426 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2427 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2428 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2429 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2430 * is already used internally by mac80211.
0ae997dc
YB
2431 *
2432 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
9a95371a
LR
2433 */
2434struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2435
75a5f0cc
JB
2436/**
2437 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2438 *
2439 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2440 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2441 */
f0706e82
JB
2442static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2443{
2444 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2445}
2446
75a5f0cc 2447/**
e37d4dff 2448 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
75a5f0cc
JB
2449 *
2450 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2451 * @addr: the address to set
2452 */
538dc904 2453static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
f0706e82
JB
2454{
2455 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2456}
2457
2e92e6f2
JB
2458static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2459ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2460 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2461{
aa331df0 2462 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
2e92e6f2 2463 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2464 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2465}
2466
2467static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2468ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2469 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2470{
e039fa4a 2471 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2472 return NULL;
e039fa4a 2473 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2474}
2475
2476static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2477ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
870abdf6 2478 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
2e92e6f2 2479{
e6a9854b 2480 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2481 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2482 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2483}
2484
6096de7f
JB
2485/**
2486 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2487 * @hw: the hardware
2488 * @skb: the skb
2489 *
2490 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2491 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2492 */
2493void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2494
75a5f0cc
JB
2495/**
2496 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
2497 *
2498 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2499 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2500 *
2501 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2502 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
dc822b5d
JB
2503 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2504 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2505 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
75a5f0cc
JB
2506 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2507 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
4150c572 2508 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2509 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2510 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2511 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2512 *
2513 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2514 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2515 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2516 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2517 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2518 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2519 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2520 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2521 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2522 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2523 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2524 *
2525 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2526 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2527 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2528 * based on the receive flags.
2529 *
2530 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2531 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2532 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2533 * keys.
9ae4fda3
EG
2534 *
2535 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2536 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2537 * handler.
2538 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
25985edc 2539 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
9ae4fda3
EG
2540 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2541 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
e37d4dff 2542 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
9ae4fda3 2543 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
de5fad81
YD
2544 *
2545 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2546 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2547 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
62872a9b
AW
2548 *
2549 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2550 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2551 * requirements:
2552 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2553 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2554 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2555 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2556 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2557 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2558 encrypted with the new key and
2559 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2560 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
4150c572 2561 */
75a5f0cc 2562
4be8c387
JB
2563/**
2564 * DOC: Powersave support
2565 *
2566 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2567 *
c99445b1
KV
2568 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2569 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2570 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2571 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2572 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2573 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2574 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2575 * it finds traffic directed to it.
2576 *
2577 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2578 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2579 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
2738bd68
BC
2580 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2581 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
c99445b1
KV
2582 *
2583 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2584 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2585 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
4be8c387
JB
2586 *
2587 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2588 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2589 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2590 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
955394c9
JB
2591 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2592 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
c99445b1
KV
2593 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
2594 *
2595 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2596 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2597 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2598 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2599 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2600 * periods.
2601 *
2738bd68 2602 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
c99445b1
KV
2603 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2604 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2605 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2606 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2607 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2608 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2609 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2610 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2611 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2612 *
2613 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
848955cc 2614 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
e227867f 2615 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
c99445b1
KV
2616 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2617 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2618 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2619 *
2620 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2621 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
4be8c387
JB
2622 */
2623
04de8381
KV
2624/**
2625 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2626 *
2627 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
42b2aa86 2628 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
04de8381
KV
2629 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2630 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2631 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2632 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2633 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2634 *
c1288b12
JB
2635 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2636 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
955394c9
JB
2637 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2638 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2639 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2640 *
2641 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2642 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2643 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2644 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2645 *
2646 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2647 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2648 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2649 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
b4f7f4ad 2650 *
955394c9
JB
2651 * - a list of information element IDs
2652 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2653 *
2654 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2655 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2656 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2657 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2658 * vendor information elements.
2659 *
2660 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2661 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2662 *
2663 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2664 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2665 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2666 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2667 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2668 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2669 *
2670 *
2671 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2672 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2673 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2674 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2675 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2676 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2677 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2678 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2679 *
2680 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2681 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2682 * signal strength threshold checking.
04de8381
KV
2683 */
2684
0f78231b
JB
2685/**
2686 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2687 *
2688 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2689 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2690 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2691 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2692 *
2693 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2694 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2695 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2696 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2697 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2698 * hardware flags.
2699 *
2700 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2701 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2702 * turned off otherwise.
2703 *
2704 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2705 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2706 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2707 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2708 */
2709
75a5f0cc
JB
2710/**
2711 * DOC: Frame filtering
2712 *
2713 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2714 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2715 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2716 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2717 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2718 *
2719 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2720 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2721 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2722 *
3ac64bee
JB
2723 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2724 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2725 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2726 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2727 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2728 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2729 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
75a5f0cc
JB
2730 *
2731 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2732 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2733 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2734 * or dropped.
2735 *
d0f5afbe
MB
2736 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2737 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2738 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2739 * the flag, but not clear it.
2740 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2741 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2742 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2743 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2744 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2745 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2746 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2747 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
4150c572 2748 */
75a5f0cc 2749
4b801bc9
JB
2750/**
2751 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2752 *
2753 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2754 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2755 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2756 *
2757 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2758 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2759 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2760 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2761 * the driver code.
2762 *
2763 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2764 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2765 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2766 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2767 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2768 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2769 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2770 *
2771 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2772 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2773 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2774 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2775 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2776 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2777 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2778 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2779 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2780 * @sta_notify callback.
2781 *
2782 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2783 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2784 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2785 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2786 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2787 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2788 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
02f2f1a9 2789 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
4b801bc9
JB
2790 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2791 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2792 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2793 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2794 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2795 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2796 *
02f2f1a9
JB
2797 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2798 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2799 *
4b801bc9
JB
2800 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2801 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2802 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2803 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2804 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2805 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2806 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2807 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2808 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2809 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2810 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2811 *
2812 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2813 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2814 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2815 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2816 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2817 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2818 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2819 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2820 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2821 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
e227867f 2822 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
4b801bc9
JB
2823 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2824 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2825 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2826 *
2827 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2828 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2829 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2830 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2831 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
e943789e 2832 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
4b801bc9
JB
2833 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2834 *
2835 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2836 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2837 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2838 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
e943789e 2839 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
b77cf4f8
JB
2840 *
2841 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2842 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2843 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2844 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
4b801bc9
JB
2845 */
2846
3a25a8c8
JB
2847/**
2848 * DOC: HW queue control
2849 *
2850 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2851 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2852 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2853 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2854 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2855 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2856 *
2857 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2858 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2859 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2860 *
2861 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2862 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2863 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2864 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2865 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2866 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2867 * the hardware queue.
2868 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2869 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2870 *
2871 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2872 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2873 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2874 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2875 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2876 *
2877 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2878 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
2879 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
2880 * off-channel queue: 9
2881 *
2882 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
2883 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
2884 *
2885 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
2886 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
2887 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
2888 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
2889 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
2890 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2891 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
2892 *
2893 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
2894 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
2895 *
2896 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2897 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
2898 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
2899 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
2900 */
2901
75a5f0cc
JB
2902/**
2903 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
2904 *
2905 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
2906 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
2907 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
2908 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
2909 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2910 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
2911 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
2912 * multicast address.
2913 *
2914 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
2915 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
2916 *
2917 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
2918 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
2919 *
2920 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
2921 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
2922 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
2923 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
2924 * honour this flag if possible.
2925 *
df140465
JB
2926 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
2927 * station
75a5f0cc
JB
2928 *
2929 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
e3b90ca2 2930 *
c2d3955b 2931 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
7be5086d
JB
2932 *
2933 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
4150c572 2934 */
75a5f0cc 2935enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
75a5f0cc
JB
2936 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
2937 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
2938 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
2939 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
2940 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
2941 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
e3b90ca2 2942 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
7be5086d 2943 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
75a5f0cc
JB
2944};
2945
1b7d03ac
RR
2946/**
2947 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
2948 *
2949 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
2950 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
827d42c9
JB
2951 *
2952 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
2953 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
5d22c89b 2954 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
827d42c9
JB
2955 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
2956 *
18b559d5
JB
2957 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
2958 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
2959 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
b1720231 2960 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
18b559d5
JB
2961 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
2962 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
2963 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
2964 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
2965 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
2966 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
2967 * session is gone and removes the station.
2968 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
2969 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
2970 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
2971 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
1b7d03ac
RR
2972 */
2973enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
2974 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
2975 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
0df3ef45 2976 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
18b559d5
JB
2977 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
2978 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
2979 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
b1720231 2980 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
1b7d03ac 2981};
75a5f0cc 2982
50ea05ef
SS
2983/**
2984 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
2985 *
2986 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
2987 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
2988 * @tid: tid of the BA session
2989 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
2990 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
2991 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
2992 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
2993 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
2994 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2995 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
2996 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2997 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
2998 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
2999 */
3000struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3001 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3002 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3003 u16 tid;
3004 u16 ssn;
41cbb0f5 3005 u16 buf_size;
50ea05ef
SS
3006 bool amsdu;
3007 u16 timeout;
3008};
3009
4049e09a
JB
3010/**
3011 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3012 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
47086fc5
JB
3013 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3014 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
4049e09a
JB
3015 */
3016enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3017 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
47086fc5 3018 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
4049e09a
JB
3019};
3020
8f727ef3
JB
3021/**
3022 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3023 *
3024 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
e1a0c6b3
JB
3025 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3026 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3027 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
8f727ef3 3028 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
e687f61e
AQ
3029 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3030 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3031 * the peer.
0af83d3d
JB
3032 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3033 * by the peer
8f727ef3
JB
3034 */
3035enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3036 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3037 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
e687f61e 3038 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
0af83d3d 3039 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
8f727ef3
JB
3040};
3041
d339d5ca
IP
3042/**
3043 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3044 *
3045 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3046 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
3047 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3048 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3049 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3050 *
3051 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3052 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3053 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3054 */
3055enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3056 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3057 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3058};
3059
cf2c92d8
EP
3060/**
3061 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3062 *
3063 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3064 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3065 *
3066 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3067 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3068 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3069 * of wowlan configuration)
3070 */
3071enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3072 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3073 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3074};
3075
75a5f0cc
JB
3076/**
3077 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3078 *
3079 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3080 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3081 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3082 *
3083 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3084 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3085 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
eefce91a 3086 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
11127e91 3087 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
11127e91 3088 * Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3089 *
3090 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3091 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3092 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3093 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3094 * or zero.
3095 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3096 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3097 * is added.
e1781ed3 3098 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3099 *
3100 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3101 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3102 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3103 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
42935eca
LR
3104 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3105 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
e1781ed3 3106 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3107 *
eecc4800
JB
3108 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3109 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3110 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3111 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3112 * reconfigured at resume time.
2b4562df
JB
3113 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3114 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3115 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3116 * must return 1 from this function.
eecc4800
JB
3117 *
3118 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3119 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3120 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3121 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3122 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3123 *
d13e1414
JB
3124 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3125 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3126 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3127 * in suspend().
3128 *
75a5f0cc 3129 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
e37d4dff 3130 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
75a5f0cc
JB
3131 * and @stop must be implemented.
3132 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3133 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3134 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3135 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3136 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
e1781ed3 3137 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3138 *
34d4bc4d
JB
3139 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3140 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3141 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3142 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3143 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3144 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3145 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3146 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3147 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3148 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3149 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3150 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3151 * MAC address of the device going away.
e1781ed3 3152 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3153 *
3154 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3155 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
6dd1bf31 3156 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
e1781ed3 3157 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3158 *
471b3efd
JB
3159 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3160 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3161 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3162 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3163 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
e1781ed3
KV
3164 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3165 * can sleep.
471b3efd 3166 *
3ac64bee
JB
3167 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3168 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3169 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3170 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3171 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3172 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
e1781ed3 3173 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3174 *
1b09b556
AO
3175 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3176 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3177 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3178 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3179 * which flags are changed.
3180 * This callback can sleep.
3181 *
546c80c9 3182 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
17741cdc 3183 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3184 *
3185 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
e1781ed3
KV
3186 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3187 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
dc822b5d 3188 * is enabled.
6dd1bf31 3189 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
e1781ed3 3190 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3191 *
9ae4fda3
EG
3192 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3193 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3194 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
eb807fb2 3195 * The callback must be atomic.
9ae4fda3 3196 *
c68f4b89
JB
3197 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3198 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3199 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3200 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3201 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3202 *
de5fad81
YD
3203 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3204 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3205 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3206 *
75a5f0cc 3207 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
8318d78a 3208 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
9050bdd8
KV
3209 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3210 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
de95a54b
JB
3211 * that power save is disabled.
3212 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3213 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3214 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3215 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3216 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3217 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3218 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
e1781ed3 3219 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3220 *
b856439b
EP
3221 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3222 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3223 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3224 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3225 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3226 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3227 * The callback can sleep.
3228 *
79f460ca
LC
3229 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3230 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3231 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3232 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3233 *
3234 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
37e3308c 3235 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
79f460ca 3236 *
80e775bf
MB
3237 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3238 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
a344d677
JB
3239 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3240 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3241 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3242 *
e1781ed3
KV
3243 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3244 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3245 * this notification.
3246 * The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3247 *
6dd1bf31
BC
3248 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3249 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
e1781ed3 3250 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3251 *
9352c19f
JB
3252 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3253 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3254 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
e1781ed3 3255 * The callback must be atomic.
75a5f0cc 3256 *
f23a4780 3257 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
f3fe4e93
SS
3258 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3259 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3260 * should be set as well.
f23a4780
AN
3261 * The callback can sleep.
3262 *
75a5f0cc 3263 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
e1781ed3 3264 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3265 *
34e89507
JB
3266 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3267 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3268 *
3269 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
6a9d1b91
JB
3270 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3271 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3272 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3273 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3274 * This callback can sleep.
34e89507 3275 *
77d2ece6
SM
3276 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3277 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
c7e9dbcf
JB
3278 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3279 * callback can sleep.
77d2ece6 3280 *
34e89507 3281 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
d057e5a3
AN
3282 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3283 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3284 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
4571d3bf 3285 *
f09603a2
JB
3286 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3287 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3288 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3289 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
6a9d1b91
JB
3290 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3291 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3292 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3293 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3294 * The callback can sleep.
3295 *
3296 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3297 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3298 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3299 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3300 * in @sta_state.
f09603a2
JB
3301 * The callback can sleep.
3302 *
8f727ef3
JB
3303 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3304 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3305 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3306 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3307 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3308 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3309 * Must be atomic.
f815e2b3
JB
3310 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3311 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3312 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
8f727ef3 3313 *
2b9a7e1b
JB
3314 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3315 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3316 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3317 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3318 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3319 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3320 * The callback can sleep.
3321 *
75a5f0cc 3322 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
fe3fa827 3323 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
6dd1bf31 3324 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
e1781ed3 3325 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3326 *
75a5f0cc 3327 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
3b5d665b 3328 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3329 * required function.
e1781ed3 3330 * The callback can sleep.
3b5d665b
AF
3331 *
3332 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
ad24b0da 3333 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3334 * required function.
e1781ed3 3335 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3336 *
354d381b
PT
3337 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3338 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3339 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3340 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3341 * The callback can sleep.
3342 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3343 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3344 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3345 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3346 * TSF synchronization.
e1781ed3 3347 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3348 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3349 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3350 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3351 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
6dd1bf31 3352 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
e1781ed3 3353 * The callback can sleep.
d3c990fb 3354 *
4e8998f0
RD
3355 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3356 *
1f87f7d3
JB
3357 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3358 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3359 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
e1781ed3 3360 * The callback can sleep.
aff89a9b 3361 *
310bc676
LT
3362 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3363 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
a4bcaf55
LB
3364 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3365 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3366 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
310bc676 3367 *
52981cd7
DS
3368 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3369 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
71063f0e 3370 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
a80f7c0b
JB
3371 *
3372 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
39ecc01d
JB
3373 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3374 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3375 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3376 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
77be2c54 3377 * Note that vif can be NULL.
39ecc01d 3378 * The callback can sleep.
5ce6e438
JB
3379 *
3380 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3381 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3382 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3383 * completion of the channel switch.
4e6cbfd0 3384 *
79b1c460
BR
3385 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3386 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3387 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3388 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3389 *
3390 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
4976b4eb
JB
3391 *
3392 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3393 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3394 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3395 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3396 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3397 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
196ac1c1 3398 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
196ac1c1
JB
3399 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3400 * must be accepted in this case.
3401 * This callback may sleep.
4976b4eb
JB
3402 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3403 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
38c09159
JL
3404 *
3405 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3406 *
3407 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
e8306f98
VN
3408 *
3409 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3410 * queues before entering power save.
bdbfd6b5
SM
3411 *
3412 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3413 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3414 * The callback can sleep.
a8182929
EG
3415 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3416 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
6382246e 3417 * The callback must be atomic.
4049e09a
JB
3418 *
3419 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3420 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3421 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3422 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
e227867f 3423 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
4049e09a
JB
3424 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3425 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3426 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3427 * more-data bit must always be set.
3428 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3429 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
deeaee19
JB
3430 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3431 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3432 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3433 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3434 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3435 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
4049e09a
JB
3436 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3437 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3438 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
47086fc5
JB
3439 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3440 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
37fbd908 3441 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
e943789e 3442 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
4049e09a 3443 * This callback must be atomic.
40b96408
JB
3444 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3445 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3446 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
02f2f1a9 3447 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
40b96408
JB
3448 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3449 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3450 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3451 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
37fbd908 3452 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
e943789e 3453 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
40b96408
JB
3454 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3455 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3456 * This callback must be atomic.
e352114f
BG
3457 *
3458 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3459 *
3460 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3461 *
3462 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3463 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3464 *
a1845fc7
JB
3465 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3466 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3467 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3468 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3469 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3470 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3471 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3472 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3473 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
94ba9271
IP
3474 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3475 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3476 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
a1845fc7
JB
3477 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3478 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
d4e36e55
IP
3479 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3480 * duration for which the operation is requested.
a1845fc7 3481 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
c3645eac 3482 *
ee10f2c7
AN
3483 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3484 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3485 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3486 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3487 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3488 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3489 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3490 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3491 *
c3645eac 3492 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
dcae9e02 3493 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac 3494 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
dcae9e02 3495 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3496 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3497 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3498 * channel context with different settings
dcae9e02 3499 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3500 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3501 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
dcae9e02 3502 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3503 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3504 * unbound from vif.
dcae9e02 3505 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13
LC
3506 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3507 * another, as specified in the list of
3508 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3509 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
dcae9e02 3510 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13 3511 *
1041638f
JB
3512 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3513 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3514 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3515 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3516 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3517 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3518 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
9214ad7f 3519 *
cf2c92d8
EP
3520 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3521 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3522 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3523 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3524 * This callback may sleep.
8f21b0ad 3525 *
a65240c1
JB
3526 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3527 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3528 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
73da7d5b
SW
3529 *
3530 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3531 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3532 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
66e01cf9 3533 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
73da7d5b
SW
3534 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3535 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
66e01cf9 3536 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
73da7d5b 3537 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
66e01cf9
LC
3538 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3539 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
6d027bcc
LC
3540 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3541 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
9332ef9d 3542 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
6d027bcc 3543 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
f1d65583
LC
3544 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3545 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3546 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
73da7d5b 3547 *
55fff501
JB
3548 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3549 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3550 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3551 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
cca674d4
AQ
3552 *
3553 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3554 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3555 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
5b3dc42b
FF
3556 *
3557 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3558 * and hardware limits.
a7a6bdd0
AN
3559 *
3560 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3561 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3562 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3563 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3564 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3565 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3566 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3567 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3568 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
8a4d32f3
AN
3569 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3570 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3571 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3572 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3573 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3574 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3575 * the function call.
ba8c3d6f
FF
3576 *
3577 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
f59374eb
SS
3578 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3579 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3580 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3581 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
708d50ed
AB
3582 *
3583 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3584 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
5953ff6d
AB
3585 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3586 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3587 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3588 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3589 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3590 * changed parameters.
167e33f4
AB
3591 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3592 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3593 * this call.
3594 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3595 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3596 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
9739fe29
SS
3597 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3598 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3599 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3600 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
75a5f0cc 3601 */
f0706e82 3602struct ieee80211_ops {
36323f81
TH
3603 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3604 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3605 struct sk_buff *skb);
4150c572 3606 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4150c572 3607 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
eecc4800
JB
3608#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3609 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3610 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6d52563f 3611 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
eecc4800 3612#endif
f0706e82 3613 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3614 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
34d4bc4d
JB
3615 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3616 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2ca27bcf 3617 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
f0706e82 3618 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3619 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
e8975581 3620 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
471b3efd
JB
3621 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3622 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3623 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3624 u32 changed);
b2abb6e2 3625
1041638f
JB
3626 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3627 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3628
3ac64bee 3629 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
22bedad3 3630 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
4150c572
JB
3631 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3632 unsigned int changed_flags,
3633 unsigned int *total_flags,
3ac64bee 3634 u64 multicast);
1b09b556
AO
3635 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3636 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3637 unsigned int filter_flags,
3638 unsigned int changed_flags);
17741cdc
JB
3639 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3640 bool set);
ea49c359 3641 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
dc822b5d 3642 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
11a843b7 3643 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
9ae4fda3 3644 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
b3fbdcf4
JB
3645 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3646 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3647 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3648 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
c68f4b89
JB
3649 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3650 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3651 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
de5fad81
YD
3652 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3653 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
a060bbfe 3654 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
c56ef672 3655 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
b856439b
EP
3656 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3657 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
79f460ca
LC
3658 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3659 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3660 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
633e2713 3661 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
37e3308c 3662 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
79f460ca 3663 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
a344d677
JB
3664 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3665 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3666 const u8 *mac_addr);
3667 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3668 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82
JB
3669 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3670 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
9352c19f
JB
3671 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3672 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3673 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
f23a4780 3674 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
f0706e82 3675 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
34e89507
JB
3676 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3677 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3678 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3679 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
77d2ece6
SM
3680#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3681 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3682 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3683 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3684 struct dentry *dir);
77d2ece6 3685#endif
32bfd35d 3686 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc 3687 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
f09603a2
JB
3688 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3689 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3690 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3691 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
6a9d1b91
JB
3692 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3693 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3694 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8f727ef3
JB
3695 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3696 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3697 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3698 u32 changed);
f815e2b3
JB
3699 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3700 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3701 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
2b9a7e1b
JB
3702 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3703 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3704 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3705 struct station_info *sinfo);
8a3a3c85 3706 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a3304b0a 3707 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
f0706e82 3708 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
37a41b4a
EP
3709 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3710 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3711 u64 tsf);
354d381b
PT
3712 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3713 s64 offset);
37a41b4a 3714 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 3715 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
57eeb208
JB
3716
3717 /**
3718 * @ampdu_action:
3719 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3720 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3721 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3722 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3723 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3724 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3725 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3726 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3727 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3728 *
3729 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3730 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3731 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3732 *
3733 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3734 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3735 *
3736 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3737 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3738 * - ``TX: 81``
3739 *
3740 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3741 *
3742 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3743 * The callback can sleep.
3744 */
1b7d03ac 3745 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
c951ad35 3746 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
50ea05ef 3747 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
1289723e
HS
3748 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3749 struct survey_info *survey);
1f87f7d3 3750 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
a4bcaf55 3751 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
aff89a9b 3752#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
52981cd7
DS
3753 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3754 void *data, int len);
71063f0e
WYG
3755 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3756 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3757 void *data, int len);
aff89a9b 3758#endif
77be2c54
EG
3759 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3760 u32 queues, bool drop);
5ce6e438 3761 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
0f791eb4 3762 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5ce6e438 3763 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
15d96753
BR
3764 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3765 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
21f83589
JB
3766
3767 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
49884568 3768 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
21f83589 3769 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
d339d5ca
IP
3770 int duration,
3771 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
21f83589 3772 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
38c09159
JL
3773 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3774 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3775 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
e8306f98 3776 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
bdbfd6b5
SM
3777 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3778 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
a8182929
EG
3779 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3780 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3781 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
4049e09a 3782
40b96408
JB
3783 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3784 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3785 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3786 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3787 bool more_data);
4049e09a
JB
3788 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3789 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3790 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3791 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3792 bool more_data);
e352114f
BG
3793
3794 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3795 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3796 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3797 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3798 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3799 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3800 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3801 u32 sset, u8 *data);
a1845fc7
JB
3802
3803 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
d4e36e55
IP
3804 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3805 u16 duration);
c3645eac 3806
ee10f2c7
AN
3807 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3808 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3809
c3645eac
MK
3810 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3811 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3812 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3813 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3814 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3815 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3816 u32 changed);
3817 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3818 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3819 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3820 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3821 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3822 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
1a5f0c13
LC
3823 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3824 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3825 int n_vifs,
3826 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
9214ad7f 3827
cf2c92d8
EP
3828 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3829 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
a65240c1
JB
3830
3831#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3832 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3833 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3834 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3835#endif
73da7d5b
SW
3836 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3837 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3838 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6d027bcc
LC
3839 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3840 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3841 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
55fff501 3842
f1d65583
LC
3843 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3844 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3845
55fff501
JB
3846 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3847 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
2439ca04
MA
3848 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3849 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
5b3dc42b
FF
3850 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3851 int *dbm);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3852
3853 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3854 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3855 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
3856 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8a4d32f3 3857 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3858 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3859 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3860 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8a4d32f3
AN
3861 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3862 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3863 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
ba8c3d6f 3864
e7881bd5
JB
3865 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3866 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f59374eb 3867 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
708d50ed
AB
3868
3869 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3870 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3871 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3872 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3873 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5953ff6d
AB
3874 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3875 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3876 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
167e33f4
AB
3877 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3878 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3879 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3880 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3881 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3882 u8 instance_id);
9739fe29
SS
3883 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3884 struct sk_buff *head,
3885 struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82
JB
3886};
3887
75a5f0cc 3888/**
ad28757e 3889 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
75a5f0cc
JB
3890 *
3891 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3892 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3893 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3894 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3895 * @priv_data_len.
3896 *
3897 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3898 * @ops: callbacks for this device
ad28757e
BG
3899 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
3900 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
0ae997dc
YB
3901 *
3902 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
f0706e82 3903 */
ad28757e
BG
3904struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
3905 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
3906 const char *requested_name);
3907
3908/**
3909 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
3910 *
3911 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3912 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3913 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3914 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3915 * @priv_data_len.
3916 *
3917 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3918 * @ops: callbacks for this device
3919 *
3920 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
3921 */
3922static inline
f0706e82 3923struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
ad28757e
BG
3924 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
3925{
3926 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
3927}
f0706e82 3928
75a5f0cc
JB
3929/**
3930 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
3931 *
dbbea671
JB
3932 * You must call this function before any other functions in
3933 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
3934 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
75a5f0cc
JB
3935 *
3936 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
0ae997dc
YB
3937 *
3938 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
75a5f0cc 3939 */
f0706e82
JB
3940int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3941
e1e54068
JB
3942/**
3943 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
3944 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
3945 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
3946 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
3947 */
3948struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
3949 int throughput;
3950 int blink_time;
3951};
3952
67408c8c
JB
3953/**
3954 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
3955 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
3956 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
3957 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
3958 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
3959 */
3960enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
3961 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
3962 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
3963 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
3964};
3965
f0706e82 3966#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
f5c4ae07
JB
3967const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3968const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3969const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3970const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3971const char *
3972__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3973 unsigned int flags,
3974 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
3975 unsigned int blink_table_len);
f0706e82 3976#endif
75a5f0cc
JB
3977/**
3978 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
3979 *
3980 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3981 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3982 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3983 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3984 *
3985 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3986 *
3987 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 3988 */
f5c4ae07 3989static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
3990{
3991#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3992 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
3993#else
3994 return NULL;
3995#endif
3996}
3997
75a5f0cc
JB
3998/**
3999 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4000 *
4001 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4002 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4003 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4004 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4005 *
4006 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4007 *
4008 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 4009 */
f5c4ae07 4010static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
4011{
4012#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4013 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4014#else
4015 return NULL;
4016#endif
4017}
4018
cdcb006f
ID
4019/**
4020 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4021 *
4022 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4023 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4024 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4025 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4026 *
4027 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4028 *
4029 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 4030 */
f5c4ae07 4031static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
47f0c502
MB
4032{
4033#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4034 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4035#else
4036 return NULL;
4037#endif
4038}
4039
cdcb006f
ID
4040/**
4041 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4042 *
4043 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4044 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4045 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4046 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4047 *
4048 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4049 *
4050 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 4051 */
f5c4ae07 4052static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
cdcb006f
ID
4053{
4054#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4055 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4056#else
4057 return NULL;
4058#endif
4059}
47f0c502 4060
e1e54068
JB
4061/**
4062 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4063 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
67408c8c 4064 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
e1e54068
JB
4065 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4066 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4067 *
0ae997dc
YB
4068 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4069 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4070 *
4071 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
e1e54068 4072 */
f5c4ae07 4073static inline const char *
67408c8c 4074ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
e1e54068
JB
4075 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4076 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4077{
4078#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
67408c8c 4079 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
e1e54068
JB
4080 blink_table_len);
4081#else
4082 return NULL;
4083#endif
4084}
4085
75a5f0cc
JB
4086/**
4087 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4088 *
4089 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4090 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4091 *
4092 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4093 */
f0706e82
JB
4094void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4095
75a5f0cc
JB
4096/**
4097 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4098 *
4099 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4100 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
6ef307bc 4101 * before calling this function.
75a5f0cc
JB
4102 *
4103 * @hw: the hardware to free
4104 */
f0706e82
JB
4105void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4106
f2753ddb
JB
4107/**
4108 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4109 *
4110 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4111 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4112 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4113 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4114 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4115 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4116 *
4117 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4118 */
4119void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4120
06d181a8 4121/**
af9f9b22 4122 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4123 *
af9f9b22
JB
4124 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4125 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4126 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4127 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4128 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4129 *
4130 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4131 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4132 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4133 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4134 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4135 *
4136 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4137 *
4138 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
d63b548f 4139 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
af9f9b22
JB
4140 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4141 * @napi: the NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4142 */
d63b548f
JB
4143void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4144 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
4e6cbfd0 4145
75a5f0cc
JB
4146/**
4147 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4148 *
4149 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
e3cf8b3f
ZY
4150 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4151 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4152 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4153 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
75a5f0cc 4154 *
2485f710 4155 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
e36e49f7
KV
4156 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4157 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
f6b3d85f
FF
4158 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4159 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc 4160 *
e36e49f7 4161 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
d20ef63d 4162 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4163 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4164 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4165 */
af9f9b22
JB
4166static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4167{
d63b548f 4168 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
af9f9b22 4169}
75a5f0cc
JB
4170
4171/**
4172 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4173 *
4174 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
2485f710
JB
4175 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4176 *
e36e49f7 4177 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
f6b3d85f
FF
4178 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4179 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc
JB
4180 *
4181 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4182 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4183 */
f1d58c25 4184void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4185
e36e49f7
KV
4186/**
4187 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4188 *
4189 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4190 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4191 *
4192 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
f6b3d85f
FF
4193 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4194 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
e36e49f7
KV
4195 *
4196 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4197 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4198 */
4199static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4200 struct sk_buff *skb)
4201{
4202 local_bh_disable();
4203 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4204 local_bh_enable();
4205}
4206
d057e5a3
AN
4207/**
4208 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4209 *
4210 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4211 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4212 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4213 *
4214 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4215 *
4216 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4217 * each other.
4218 *
d057e5a3
AN
4219 * @sta: currently connected sta
4220 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4221 *
4222 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
d057e5a3
AN
4223 */
4224int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4225
4226/**
4227 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4228 * (in process context)
4229 *
4230 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4231 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4232 * applies.
4233 *
4234 * @sta: currently connected sta
4235 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4236 *
4237 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
d057e5a3
AN
4238 */
4239static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4240 bool start)
4241{
4242 int ret;
4243
4244 local_bh_disable();
4245 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4246 local_bh_enable();
4247
4248 return ret;
4249}
4250
46fa38e8
JB
4251/**
4252 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4253 * @sta: currently connected station
4254 *
4255 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4256 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4257 * connected station was received.
4258 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4259 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4260 * be serialized.
4261 */
4262void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4263
4264/**
4265 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4266 * @sta: currently connected station
4267 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4268 *
4269 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4270 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4271 * from a connected station was received.
4272 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4273 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4274 * serialized.
0aa419ec
EG
4275 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4276 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4277 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4278 * checks.
46fa38e8
JB
4279 */
4280void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4281
d24deb25
GW
4282/*
4283 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4284 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4285 */
651b9920 4286#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
d24deb25 4287
dcf55fb5 4288/**
042ec453 4289 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
bdfbe804 4290 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
042ec453
JB
4291 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4292 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
dcf55fb5
FF
4293 *
4294 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
042ec453
JB
4295 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4296 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
4297 *
4298 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4299 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4300 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4301 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4302 *
4303 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4304 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4305 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4306 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4307 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4308 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4309 *
4310 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4311 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4312 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4313 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4314 * use this API.
4315 */
4316void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4317 u8 tid, bool buffered);
dcf55fb5 4318
0d528d85
FF
4319/**
4320 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4321 *
4322 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4323 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4324 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4325 *
4326 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4327 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4328 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4329 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4330 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4331 */
4332void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4333 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4334 struct sk_buff *skb,
4335 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4336 int max_rates);
4337
484a54c2
THJ
4338/**
4339 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4340 *
4341 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4342 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4343 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4344 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4345 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4346 * slow stations to starve).
4347 *
4348 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4349 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4350 */
4351void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4352 u32 thr);
4353
75a5f0cc
JB
4354/**
4355 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4356 *
4357 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4358 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4359 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4360 *
2485f710
JB
4361 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4362 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
20ed3166 4363 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
f6b3d85f
FF
4364 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4365 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
2485f710 4366 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4367 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4368 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4369 */
f0706e82 4370void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4371 struct sk_buff *skb);
2485f710 4372
5fe49a9d
FF
4373/**
4374 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4375 *
4376 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4377 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4378 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4379 *
4380 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4381 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4382 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4383 *
4384 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4385 * @status: tx status information
4386 */
4387void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4388 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4389
f027c2ac
FF
4390/**
4391 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4392 *
4393 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4394 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4395 * specific skbs.
4396 *
4397 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4398 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4399 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4400 *
4401 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4402 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4403 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4404 * @info: tx status information
4405 */
5fe49a9d
FF
4406static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4407 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4408 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4409{
4410 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4411 .sta = sta,
4412 .info = info,
4413 };
4414
4415 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4416}
f027c2ac 4417
20ed3166
JS
4418/**
4419 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4420 *
4421 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4422 *
4423 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4424 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4425 * for a single hardware.
4426 *
4427 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4428 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4429 */
4430static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4431 struct sk_buff *skb)
4432{
4433 local_bh_disable();
4434 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4435 local_bh_enable();
4436}
4437
2485f710 4438/**
6ef307bc 4439 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
2485f710
JB
4440 *
4441 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4442 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4443 *
20ed3166
JS
4444 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4445 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
2485f710
JB
4446 *
4447 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4448 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
2485f710 4449 */
f0706e82 4450void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4451 struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4452
8178d38b
AN
4453/**
4454 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4455 *
4456 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4457 * connected STA.
4458 *
4459 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4460 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4461 */
4462void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4463
1af586c9
AO
4464#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4465
6ec8c332
AO
4466/**
4467 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4468 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4469 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
8d77ec85
LC
4470 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4471 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4472 * should be ignored.
6ec8c332
AO
4473 */
4474struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4475 u16 tim_offset;
4476 u16 tim_length;
1af586c9
AO
4477
4478 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
6ec8c332
AO
4479};
4480
4481/**
4482 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4483 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4484 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4485 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4486 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4487 *
4488 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4489 * obtain the beacon template.
4490 *
4491 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4492 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
1af586c9
AO
4493 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4494 * applicable, the CSA count.
6ec8c332
AO
4495 *
4496 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4497 *
4498 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4499 */
4500struct sk_buff *
4501ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4502 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4503 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4504
f0706e82 4505/**
eddcbb94 4506 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
f0706e82 4507 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4508 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4509 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4510 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4511 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4512 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4513 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4514 *
4515 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
6ec8c332 4516 * obtain the beacon frame.
f0706e82
JB
4517 *
4518 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
eddcbb94 4519 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
6ec8c332
AO
4520 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4521 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
eddcbb94
JB
4522 *
4523 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
0ae997dc
YB
4524 *
4525 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
eddcbb94
JB
4526 */
4527struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4528 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4529 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4530
4531/**
4532 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4533 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4534 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4535 *
4536 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
0ae997dc
YB
4537 *
4538 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
f0706e82 4539 */
eddcbb94
JB
4540static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4541 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4542{
4543 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4544}
f0706e82 4545
1af586c9
AO
4546/**
4547 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4548 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4549 *
4550 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4551 * This function is called implicitly when
4552 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4553 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4554 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4555 *
4556 * Return: new csa counter value
4557 */
4558u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4559
03737001
GG
4560/**
4561 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4562 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4563 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4564 *
4565 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4566 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4567 *
4568 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4569 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4570 */
4571void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4572
73da7d5b
SW
4573/**
4574 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4575 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4576 *
4577 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
66e01cf9 4578 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
73da7d5b
SW
4579 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4580 */
4581void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4582
4583/**
66e01cf9 4584 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
73da7d5b
SW
4585 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4586 *
4587 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4588 */
4589bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4590
4591
02945821
AN
4592/**
4593 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4594 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4595 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4596 *
4597 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4598 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4599 *
4600 * Can only be called in AP mode.
0ae997dc
YB
4601 *
4602 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
02945821
AN
4603 */
4604struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4605 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4606
7044cc56
KV
4607/**
4608 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4609 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4610 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4611 *
4612 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4613 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4614 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4615 *
4616 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4617 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
0ae997dc
YB
4618 *
4619 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4620 */
4621struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4622 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4623
4624/**
4625 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4626 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4627 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
7b6ddeaf
JB
4628 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4629 * if at all possible
7044cc56
KV
4630 *
4631 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4632 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4633 * BSSID and address is used.
4634 *
7b6ddeaf
JB
4635 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4636 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4637 *
7044cc56
KV
4638 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4639 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
0ae997dc
YB
4640 *
4641 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4642 */
4643struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
7b6ddeaf
JB
4644 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4645 bool qos_ok);
7044cc56 4646
05e54ea6
KV
4647/**
4648 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4649 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
a344d677 4650 * @src_addr: source MAC address
05e54ea6
KV
4651 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4652 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
b9a9ada1 4653 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
05e54ea6
KV
4654 *
4655 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4656 * hardware.
0ae997dc
YB
4657 *
4658 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
05e54ea6
KV
4659 */
4660struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a344d677 4661 const u8 *src_addr,
05e54ea6 4662 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
b9a9ada1 4663 size_t tailroom);
05e54ea6 4664
f0706e82
JB
4665/**
4666 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4667 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4668 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4669 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4670 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4671 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4672 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4673 *
4674 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4675 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4676 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4677 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4678 */
32bfd35d 4679void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4680 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4681 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4682 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4683
4684/**
4685 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4686 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4687 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4688 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
e039fa4a 4689 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4690 *
4691 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4692 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4693 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4694 *
4695 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4696 */
32bfd35d
JB
4697__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4698 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4699 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4700
4701/**
4702 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4703 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4704 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4705 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4706 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4707 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4708 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4709 *
4710 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4711 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4712 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4713 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4714 */
32bfd35d
JB
4715void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4716 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4717 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4718 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4719 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4720
4721/**
4722 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4723 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4724 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4725 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
e039fa4a 4726 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4727 *
4728 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4729 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4730 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4731 *
4732 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4733 */
32bfd35d
JB
4734__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4735 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4736 size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4737 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4738
4739/**
4740 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4741 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4742 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
d13e1414 4743 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
f0706e82 4744 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
8318d78a 4745 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
f0706e82
JB
4746 *
4747 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4748 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
0ae997dc
YB
4749 *
4750 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4751 */
32bfd35d
JB
4752__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4753 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
57fbcce3 4754 enum nl80211_band band,
f0706e82 4755 size_t frame_len,
8318d78a 4756 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
f0706e82
JB
4757
4758/**
4759 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4760 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4761 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4762 *
4763 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4764 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4765 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4766 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
0ae997dc
YB
4767 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4768 *
4769 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4770 * frames are available.
f0706e82
JB
4771 *
4772 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4773 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4774 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4775 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4776 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4777 * use common code for all beacons.
4778 */
4779struct sk_buff *
e039fa4a 4780ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 4781
42d98795
JB
4782/**
4783 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4784 *
4785 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4786 *
4787 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4788 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4789 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4790 */
4791void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4792 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4793
5d2cdcd4 4794/**
523b02ea
JB
4795 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
4796 *
4797 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4798 * from the given packet.
4799 *
4800 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4801 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4802 * with this P1K
4803 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4804 */
42d98795
JB
4805static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4806 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4807{
4808 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4809 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4810 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4811
4812 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4813}
523b02ea 4814
8bca5d81
JB
4815/**
4816 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4817 *
4818 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4819 * and transmitter address.
4820 *
4821 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4822 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4823 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4824 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4825 */
4826void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4827 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4828
523b02ea
JB
4829/**
4830 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5d2cdcd4 4831 *
523b02ea
JB
4832 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4833 * in the packet.
5d2cdcd4
EG
4834 *
4835 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
523b02ea
JB
4836 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
4837 * encrypted with this key
4838 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5d2cdcd4 4839 */
523b02ea
JB
4840void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4841 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
c68f4b89 4842
f8079d43
EP
4843/**
4844 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
4845 *
4846 * @pos: start of crypto header
4847 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4848 * @pn: PN to add
4849 *
4850 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
4851 * the packet payload)
4852 *
4853 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
4854 * point to the crypto header)
4855 */
4856u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
4857
3ea542d3
JB
4858/**
4859 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
4860 *
4861 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 4862 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
3ea542d3
JB
4863 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4864 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4865 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
4866 *
4867 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
4868 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
4869 * by the device and not by mac80211.
4870 *
4871 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4872 * can be done concurrently.
4873 */
4874void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4875 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4876
27b3eb9c
JB
4877/**
4878 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
4879 *
4880 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 4881 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
27b3eb9c
JB
4882 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4883 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4884 * @seq: new sequence data
4885 *
4886 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
4887 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
4888 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
4889 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
4890 *
4891 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4892 * can be done concurrently.
4893 */
4894void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4895 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4896
4897/**
4898 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
4899 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4900 *
4901 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
4902 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
4903 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
4904 *
4905 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
4906 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
4907 */
4908void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4909
4910/**
4911 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
4912 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
4913 * @keyconf: new key data
4914 *
4915 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
4916 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
4917 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
4918 *
4919 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
4920 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
4921 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
4922 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
4923 *
4924 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
4925 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
4926 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
4927 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
4928 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
4929 * of the reconfiguration.
4930 *
4931 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
4932 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
4933 *
4934 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
4935 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
4936 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
4937 * the key that's being replaced.
4938 */
4939struct ieee80211_key_conf *
4940ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4941 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4942
c68f4b89
JB
4943/**
4944 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
4945 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
4946 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
4947 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
4948 * @gfp: allocation flags
4949 */
4950void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
4951 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
4952
f0706e82
JB
4953/**
4954 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
4955 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4956 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4957 *
4958 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4959 */
4960void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4961
4962/**
4963 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
4964 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4965 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4966 *
4967 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4968 */
4969void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4970
92ab8535
TW
4971/**
4972 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
4973 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4974 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4975 *
4976 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
0ae997dc
YB
4977 *
4978 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
92ab8535
TW
4979 */
4980
4981int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4982
f0706e82
JB
4983/**
4984 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
4985 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4986 *
4987 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4988 */
4989void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4990
4991/**
4992 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
4993 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4994 *
4995 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4996 */
4997void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4998
75a5f0cc
JB
4999/**
5000 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5001 *
5002 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5003 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
8789d459
JB
5004 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5005 * any context, including hardirq context.
75a5f0cc
JB
5006 *
5007 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
7947d3e0 5008 * @info: information about the completed scan
75a5f0cc 5009 */
7947d3e0
AS
5010void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5011 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
f0706e82 5012
79f460ca
LC
5013/**
5014 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5015 *
5016 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5017 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5018 *
5019 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5020 */
5021void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5022
5023/**
5024 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5025 *
5026 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5027 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5028 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5029 * while associating, for instance.
5030 *
5031 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5032 */
5033void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5034
8b2c9824
JB
5035/**
5036 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5037 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5038 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5039 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5040 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5041 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5042 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5043 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
3384d757 5044 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
8b2c9824
JB
5045 */
5046enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5047 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5048 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
3384d757 5049 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
8b2c9824
JB
5050};
5051
3384d757
AN
5052/**
5053 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5054 *
5055 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5056 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5057 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5058 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5059 *
5060 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5061 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5062 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5063 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5064 */
5065void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5066 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5067 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5068 void *data);
5069
dabeb344 5070/**
6ef307bc 5071 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
dabeb344
JB
5072 *
5073 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5074 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
2f561feb
ID
5075 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5076 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5077 * be used.
8b2c9824 5078 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
dabeb344
JB
5079 *
5080 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 5081 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb 5082 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
dabeb344
JB
5083 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5084 */
3384d757
AN
5085static inline void
5086ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5087 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5088 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5089 void *data)
5090{
5091 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5092 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5093 iterator, data);
5094}
dabeb344 5095
2f561feb
ID
5096/**
5097 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5098 *
5099 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5100 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5101 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5102 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
8b2c9824 5103 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
2f561feb
ID
5104 *
5105 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 5106 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb
ID
5107 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5108 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5109 */
5110void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
8b2c9824 5111 u32 iter_flags,
2f561feb
ID
5112 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5113 u8 *mac,
5114 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5115 void *data);
5116
c7c71066
JB
5117/**
5118 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5119 *
5120 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5121 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5122 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5123 *
5124 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5125 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5126 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5127 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5128 */
5129void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5130 u32 iter_flags,
5131 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5132 u8 *mac,
5133 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5134 void *data);
5135
0fc1e049
AN
5136/**
5137 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5138 *
5139 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5140 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5141 * function for them.
5142 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5143 *
5144 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5145 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5146 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5147 */
5148void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5149 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5150 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5151 void *data);
42935eca
LR
5152/**
5153 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5154 *
5155 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5156 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5157 *
5158 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5159 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5160 */
5161void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5162
5163/**
5164 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5165 *
5166 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5167 * workqueue.
5168 *
5169 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5170 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5171 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5172 */
5173void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5174 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5175 unsigned long delay);
5176
0df3ef45
RR
5177/**
5178 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5179 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
0df3ef45 5180 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
bd2ce6e4 5181 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
ea2d8b59
RD
5182 *
5183 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
0df3ef45
RR
5184 *
5185 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5186 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5187 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5188 */
bd2ce6e4
SM
5189int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5190 u16 timeout);
0df3ef45 5191
0df3ef45
RR
5192/**
5193 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5194 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5195 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5196 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5197 *
5198 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5199 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5200 * from any context.
0df3ef45 5201 */
c951ad35 5202void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5203 u16 tid);
5204
5205/**
5206 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5207 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
0df3ef45 5208 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
ea2d8b59 5209 *
6a8579d0 5210 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
0df3ef45
RR
5211 *
5212 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5213 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5214 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5215 */
6a8579d0 5216int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
0df3ef45 5217
0df3ef45
RR
5218/**
5219 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5220 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5221 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5222 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5223 *
5224 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5225 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5226 * can be called from any context.
0df3ef45 5227 */
c951ad35 5228void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5229 u16 tid);
5230
17741cdc
JB
5231/**
5232 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5233 *
5ed176e1 5234 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
17741cdc
JB
5235 * @addr: station's address
5236 *
0ae997dc
YB
5237 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5238 *
5239 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
17741cdc
JB
5240 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5241 */
5ed176e1 5242struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc
JB
5243 const u8 *addr);
5244
5ed176e1 5245/**
686b9cb9 5246 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
5ed176e1
JB
5247 *
5248 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
686b9cb9
BG
5249 * @addr: remote station's address
5250 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
5ed176e1 5251 *
0ae997dc
YB
5252 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5253 *
5254 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5ed176e1
JB
5255 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5256 *
686b9cb9
BG
5257 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5258 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5259 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5260 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5261 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5262 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5263 * is not reliable.
5ed176e1 5264 *
686b9cb9 5265 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
5ed176e1 5266 */
686b9cb9
BG
5267struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5268 const u8 *addr,
5269 const u8 *localaddr);
5ed176e1 5270
af818581
JB
5271/**
5272 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5273 * @hw: the hardware
5274 * @pubsta: the station
5275 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5276 *
5277 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5278 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5279 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5280 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5281 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5282 *
5283 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5284 * manner.
5285 *
5286 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5287 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5288 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5289 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5290 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5291 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5292 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5293 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5294 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5295 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5296 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5297 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5298 * woke up while blocked or not.
5299 */
5300void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5301 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5302
37fbd908
JB
5303/**
5304 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5305 * @pubsta: the station
5306 *
5307 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5308 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5309 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5310 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5311 *
e943789e
JB
5312 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5313 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5314 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5315 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5316 *
5317 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5318 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5319 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5320 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
37fbd908 5321 */
e943789e 5322void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
37fbd908 5323
0ead2510
EG
5324/**
5325 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5326 * @pubsta: the station
5327 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5328 *
5329 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5330 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5331 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5332 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5333 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5334 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5335 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5336 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5337 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5338 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5339 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5340 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5341 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5342 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5343 */
5344void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5345
830af02f
JB
5346/**
5347 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5348 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5349 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5350 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5351 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5352 *
5353 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5354 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5355 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5356 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5357 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5358 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
f850e00f
JB
5359 *
5360 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5361 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5362 * set_key callback.
830af02f
JB
5363 */
5364void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5365 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5366 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5367 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5368 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5369 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5370 void *data),
5371 void *iter_data);
5372
ef044763
EP
5373/**
5374 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5375 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5376 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5377 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5378 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5379 *
5380 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5381 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5382 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5383 * in removal process will be skipped.
5384 *
5385 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5386 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5387 */
5388void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5389 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5390 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5391 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5392 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5393 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5394 void *data),
5395 void *iter_data);
5396
3448c005
JB
5397/**
5398 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5399 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5400 * @iter: iterator function
5401 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5402 *
5403 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5404 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5405 * places while calling into the driver.
5406 *
5407 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5408 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5409 * removed.
8a61af65
JB
5410 *
5411 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5412 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5413 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5414 * or not.
3448c005
JB
5415 */
5416void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5417 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5418 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5419 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5420 void *data),
5421 void *iter_data);
5422
a619a4c0
JO
5423/**
5424 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5425 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5426 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5427 *
5428 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5429 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5430 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5431 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5432 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
0ae997dc
YB
5433 * %NULL.
5434 *
5435 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
a619a4c0
JO
5436 */
5437struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5438 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5439
04de8381
KV
5440/**
5441 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5442 *
1ed32e4f 5443 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
04de8381 5444 *
c1288b12 5445 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
1e4dcd01 5446 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
04de8381
KV
5447 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5448 */
5449void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4b7679a5 5450
1e4dcd01
JO
5451/**
5452 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5453 *
5454 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5455 *
c1288b12 5456 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
1e4dcd01
JO
5457 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5458 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
682bd38b
JB
5459 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5460 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
1e4dcd01
JO
5461 *
5462 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5463 * without connection recovery attempts.
5464 */
5465void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5466
95acac61
JB
5467/**
5468 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5469 *
5470 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5471 *
5472 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5473 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5474 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5475 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5476 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5477 *
5478 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5479 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5480 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5481 * disconnect normally later.
5482 *
5483 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5484 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5485 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5486 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5487 */
5488void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f90754c1 5489
a97c13c3
JO
5490/**
5491 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5492 * rssi threshold triggered
5493 *
5494 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5495 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
769f07d8 5496 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
a97c13c3
JO
5497 * @gfp: context flags
5498 *
ea086359 5499 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
a97c13c3
JO
5500 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5501 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5502 */
5503void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5504 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
769f07d8 5505 s32 rssi_level,
a97c13c3
JO
5506 gfp_t gfp);
5507
98f03342
JB
5508/**
5509 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5510 *
5511 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5512 * @gfp: context flags
5513 */
5514void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5515
164eb02d
SW
5516/**
5517 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5518 *
5519 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5520 */
5521void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5522
5ce6e438
JB
5523/**
5524 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5525 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5526 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5527 *
5528 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5529 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5530 */
5531void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5532
d1f5b7a3
JB
5533/**
5534 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5535 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
633dd1ea 5536 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
d1f5b7a3
JB
5537 *
5538 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5539 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5540 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5541 */
5542void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5543 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5544
21f83589
JB
5545/**
5546 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5547 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5548 */
5549void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5550
5551/**
5552 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5553 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5554 */
5555void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5556
f41ccd71
SL
5557/**
5558 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5559 *
5560 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5561 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5562 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5563 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5564 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5565 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5566 *
5567 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5568 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5569 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5570 */
5571void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5572 const u8 *addr);
5573
06470f74
SS
5574/**
5575 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5576 * @pubsta: station struct
5577 * @tid: the session's TID
5578 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5579 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5580 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5581 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5582 *
5583 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5584 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5585 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5586 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5587 */
5588void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5589 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5590 u16 received_mpdus);
5591
8c771244
FF
5592/**
5593 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5594 *
5595 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5596 * buffer.
5597 *
5598 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5599 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5600 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5601 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5602 */
5603void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5604
1272c5d8
LC
5605/**
5606 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5607 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5608 * @addr: station mac address
5609 * @tid: the rx tid
5610 */
699cb58c 5611void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
1272c5d8 5612 unsigned int tid);
699cb58c 5613
08cf42e8
MK
5614/**
5615 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5616 *
5617 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5618 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5619 * reordering.
5620 *
5621 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5622 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5623 *
5624 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5625 * @addr: station mac address
5626 * @tid: the rx tid
5627 */
699cb58c
JB
5628static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5629 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5630{
5631 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5632 return;
5633 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5634}
08cf42e8
MK
5635
5636/**
5637 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5638 *
5639 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5640 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5641 * reordering.
5642 *
5643 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5644 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5645 *
5646 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5647 * @addr: station mac address
5648 * @tid: the rx tid
5649 */
699cb58c
JB
5650static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5651 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5652{
5653 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5654 return;
5655 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5656}
08cf42e8 5657
04c2cf34
NG
5658/**
5659 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5660 *
5661 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5662 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5663 *
5664 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5665 *
5666 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5667 * @addr: station mac address
5668 * @tid: the rx tid
5669 */
5670void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5671 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5672
4b7679a5 5673/* Rate control API */
e6a9854b 5674
4b7679a5 5675/**
e6a9854b
JB
5676 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
5677 *
5678 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5679 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5680 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
f44d4eb5
SW
5681 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5682 * to be filled in
e6a9854b
JB
5683 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5684 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5685 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5686 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5687 * RTS threshold
5688 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5689 * if the selected rate supports it
f44d4eb5 5690 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
2ffbe6d3 5691 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
8f0729b1 5692 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
e6a9854b
JB
5693 */
5694struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5695 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5696 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5697 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5698 struct sk_buff *skb;
5699 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5700 bool rts, short_preamble;
37eb0b16 5701 u32 rate_idx_mask;
2ffbe6d3 5702 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
8f0729b1 5703 bool bss;
4b7679a5
JB
5704};
5705
09b4a4fa
JB
5706/**
5707 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
5708 */
5709enum rate_control_capabilities {
5710 /**
5711 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
5712 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
5713 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
5714 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
5715 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
5716 */
5717 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
5718};
5719
4b7679a5 5720struct rate_control_ops {
09b4a4fa 5721 unsigned long capa;
4b7679a5
JB
5722 const char *name;
5723 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
4b7679a5
JB
5724 void (*free)(void *priv);
5725
5726 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5727 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5728 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4b7679a5 5729 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
81cb7623 5730 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5731 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
64f68e5d
JB
5732 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5733 u32 changed);
4b7679a5
JB
5734 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5735 void *priv_sta);
5736
18fb84d9
FF
5737 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5738 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5739 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
4b7679a5
JB
5740 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5741 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5742 struct sk_buff *skb);
e6a9854b
JB
5743 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5744 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
4b7679a5
JB
5745
5746 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5747 struct dentry *dir);
5748 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
cca674d4
AQ
5749
5750 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
4b7679a5
JB
5751};
5752
5753static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
57fbcce3 5754 enum nl80211_band band,
4b7679a5
JB
5755 int index)
5756{
5757 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5758}
5759
4c6d4f5c
LR
5760/**
5761 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5762 *
5763 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5764 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5765 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5766 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5767 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5768 * not null.
5769 *
5770 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5771 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5772 *
5773 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5774 * that this may be null.
5775 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5776 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5777 */
5778bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5779 void *priv_sta,
5780 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5781
5782
4b7679a5
JB
5783static inline s8
5784rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5785 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5786{
5787 int i;
5788
5789 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5790 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5791 return i;
5792
5793 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
54d5026e 5794 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
4b7679a5 5795
54d5026e 5796 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
4b7679a5
JB
5797 return 0;
5798}
5799
b770b43e
LR
5800static inline
5801bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5802 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5803{
5804 unsigned int i;
5805
5806 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5807 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5808 return true;
5809 return false;
5810}
4b7679a5 5811
0d528d85
FF
5812/**
5813 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
5814 *
5815 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
5816 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
5817 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
5818 * the most recent rate control module decision.
5819 *
5820 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5821 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
5822 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
5823 */
5824int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5825 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
5826 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
5827
631ad703
JB
5828int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
5829void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
4b7679a5 5830
10c806b3
LR
5831static inline bool
5832conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5833{
675a0b04 5834 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
10c806b3
LR
5835}
5836
5837static inline bool
5838conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5839{
675a0b04
KB
5840 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5841 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
5842}
5843
5844static inline bool
5845conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5846{
675a0b04
KB
5847 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5848 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
5849}
5850
5851static inline bool
5852conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5853{
675a0b04 5854 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
10c806b3
LR
5855}
5856
5857static inline bool
5858conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5859{
041f607d
RL
5860 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
5861 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
5862 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
10c806b3
LR
5863}
5864
2ca27bcf
JB
5865static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5866ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
5867{
5868 if (p2p) {
5869 switch (type) {
5870 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
5871 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
5872 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
5873 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
5874 default:
5875 break;
5876 }
5877 }
5878 return type;
5879}
5880
5881static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5882ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
5883{
5884 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
5885}
5886
65554d07
SS
5887/**
5888 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
5889 *
5890 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5891 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
5892 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
5893 *
5894 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
5895 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
5896 * matching GroupId management frame.
5897 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
5898 */
5899void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5900 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
5901
615f7b9b
MV
5902void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5903 int rssi_min_thold,
5904 int rssi_max_thold);
5905
5906void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
768db343 5907
0d8a0a17 5908/**
0ae997dc 5909 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
0d8a0a17
WYG
5910 *
5911 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5912 *
0ae997dc
YB
5913 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
5914 *
5915 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
5916 * applicable.
0d8a0a17 5917 */
1dae27f8
WYG
5918int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5919
cd8f7cb4
JB
5920/**
5921 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
5922 * @vif: virtual interface
5923 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
5924 * @gfp: allocation flags
5925 *
5926 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
5927 */
5928void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5929 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
5930 gfp_t gfp);
5931
06be6b14
FF
5932/**
5933 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
5934 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5935 * @vif: virtual interface
5936 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
5937 * @band: the band to transmit on
5938 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
5939 *
5940 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
5941 */
5942bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5943 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
5944 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
5945
a7022e65
FF
5946/**
5947 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
5948 *
5949 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
5950 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
5951 *
5952 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
5953 *
5954 * private:
5955 *
5956 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
5957 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
5958 */
5959struct ieee80211_noa_data {
5960 u32 next_tsf;
5961 bool has_next_tsf;
5962
5963 u8 absent;
5964
5965 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5966 struct {
5967 u32 start;
5968 u32 duration;
5969 u32 interval;
5970 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5971};
5972
5973/**
5974 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
5975 *
5976 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
5977 * @data: NoA tracking data
5978 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5979 *
5980 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
5981 */
5982int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
5983 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5984
5985/**
5986 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
5987 *
5988 * @data: NoA tracking data
5989 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5990 */
5991void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5992
c887f0d3
AN
5993/**
5994 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
5995 * @vif: virtual interface
5996 * @peer: the peer's destination address
5997 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
5998 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
5999 * @gfp: allocation flags
6000 *
6001 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6002 */
6003void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6004 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6005 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
a7f3a768 6006
b6da911b
LK
6007/**
6008 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6009 *
6010 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6011 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6012 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6013 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6014 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6015 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6016 *
6017 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6018 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6019 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6020 *
6021 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6022 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6023 *
6024 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6025 */
6026int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6027
6028/**
6029 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6030 *
6031 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6032 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6033 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6034 *
6035 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6036 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6037 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6038 *
6039 * @sta: the station
6040 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6041 */
6042void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6043
ba8c3d6f
FF
6044/**
6045 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6046 *
6047 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
e7881bd5 6048 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
ba8c3d6f
FF
6049 *
6050 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
6051 */
6052struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6053 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f2ac7e30
MK
6054
6055/**
6056 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6057 *
6058 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6059 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6060 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6061 *
6062 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6063 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6064 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6065 */
6066void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6067 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6068 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
167e33f4
AB
6069
6070/**
6071 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6072 *
6073 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6074 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6075 *
6076 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6077 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6078 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6079 * @gfp: allocation flags
6080 */
6081void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6082 u8 inst_id,
6083 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6084 gfp_t gfp);
92bc43bc
AB
6085
6086/**
6087 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6088 *
6089 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6090 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6091 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6092 *
6093 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6094 * @match: match event information
6095 * @gfp: allocation flags
6096 */
6097void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6098 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6099 gfp_t gfp);
6100
f0706e82 6101#endif /* MAC80211_H */